]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
10-09-13
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19279 5151))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19313 15414))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 \(fn)" t nil)
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
101
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
104
105 \(fn)" t nil)
106
107 ;;;***
108 \f
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
112
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
116
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19279
125 ;;;;;; 5148))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
127
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
129
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
134
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
142
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
149
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
151
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
154
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
156
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
159
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
168
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
172
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
174
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
179
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
182
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
184
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
188
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
192
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
196
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
200
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
203
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
205
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
210
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
212
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
219
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
221
222 \(fn)" t nil)
223
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
226
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
229
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
232
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
235
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
238
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
244
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
246
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
248
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
254
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
257
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
259
260 ;;;***
261 \f
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19323 49698))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
266
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
277
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
279
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
288
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
290
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
293
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
295
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
298
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
300
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
309
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
312 the new one.
313
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
319
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
323
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
325
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
327
328 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
344
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
346
347 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
350
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
353 BODY...)
354
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
369
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
374
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
377
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
380
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
383
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
388
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
394 during preloading.
395
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
399 BODY...)
400
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
402
403 ;;;***
404 \f
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19279 5148))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
409
410 (autoload 'align "align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
417
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
421
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
426
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
428
429 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
439 options.
440
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
443
444 Fred (123) 456-7890
445 Alice (123) 456-7890
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
447 Joe (123) 456-7890
448
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
452
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
454
455 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
460 align that section.
461
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
463
464 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
471
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
473
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
480 to be colored.
481
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
483
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
486
487 \(fn)" t nil)
488
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
491
492 \(fn)" t nil)
493
494 ;;;***
495 \f
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
497 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
499
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
501
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
503
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
505
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
507
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
509
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
511
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
513
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
515
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
517
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
519
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
521
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
523
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
525
526 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
527
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
529
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531
532 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
534 \\<allout-mode-map>
535
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
539
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
545 outline.)
546
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
548
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
557
558 and many other features.
559
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
565
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
574
575 Exposure Control:
576 ----------------
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
582
583 Navigation:
584 ----------
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
595
596
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
602
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
608 current topic
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
615
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
626
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
631
632 Misc commands:
633 -------------
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
636 for `allout-layout'.
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
645 format.
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
647 auto-activation.
648
649 Topic Encryption
650
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
655
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
660
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
664 pitfalls.
665
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
668 for details.
669
670 HOT-SPOT Operation
671
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
674
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
680
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
686
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
694
695 Extending Allout
696
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
700
701 `allout-mode-hook'
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
707
708 Terminology
709
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
711
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
715 CURRENT ITEM:
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
719 called the:
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
721
722 ANCESTORS:
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
725 of the ITEM.
726 OFFSPRING:
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
728 SUBTOPIC:
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
730 CHILD:
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
732 SIBLINGS:
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
734
735 Topic text constituents:
736
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
738 text.
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
741 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
749 the PREFIX.
750
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
752 of the ITEM.
753 PREFIX-LEAD:
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
757
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
765 PREFIX-PADDING:
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
777 more details.
778 EXPOSURE:
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
781 CONCEALED:
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
784
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
788
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
790
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
792
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
795
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
798
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
800
801 ;;;***
802 \f
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19356 10801))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
806
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
808
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
815
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
817
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
819 Not documented
820
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
822
823 ;;;***
824 \f
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19279 5151))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
828
829 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
836
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
838
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
842
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
844
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
848
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
850
851 ;;;***
852 \f
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19279 5148))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
856
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
859
860 \(fn)" t nil)
861
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
864
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
869
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
872
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
874
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19279 5151))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
882
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
888 \\[yank].
889
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
893 the rules.
894
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
899
900 \(fn)" t nil)
901
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
904 \\{antlr-mode-map}
905
906 \(fn)" t nil)
907
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
911
912 \(fn)" nil nil)
913
914 ;;;***
915 \f
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19279 5149))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
919
920 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
923
924 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
925
926 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
927 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
928
929 \(fn)" t nil)
930
931 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
932 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
933 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
934 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
935 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
936 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
937 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
938
939 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
940
941 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
942 appointment package (if it is not already active).
943
944 \(fn)" nil nil)
945
946 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
947 Toggle checking of appointments.
948 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
949 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
950
951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
952
953 ;;;***
954 \f
955 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
956 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
957 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19279 5148))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
959
960 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
961 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
962 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
963 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
964
965 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
966 kind of objects to search.
967
968 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
969
970 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
971 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
976
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
978 normal variables.
979
980 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
981
982 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
983
984 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
985 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
990
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
992 noninteractive functions.
993
994 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
995 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
996
997 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
998 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
999
1000 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1001
1002 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1003 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1004
1005 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1008 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1009 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1010 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1011
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1016
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1018 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1019
1020 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1021
1022 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1023
1024 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1025 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1026 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1027 thus be found in `load-history'.
1028
1029 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1032 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1033 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1034 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1035 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1036 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1037
1038 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1039 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1040 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1041
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1045 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1050
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1052 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1053 bindings.
1054 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1055
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1057
1058 ;;;***
1059 \f
1060 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19321
1061 ;;;;;; 4517))
1062 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1063
1064 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1065 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1066 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1067 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1068 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1069 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1070
1071 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1072 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1073 archive.
1074
1075 \\{archive-mode-map}
1076
1077 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1078
1079 ;;;***
1080 \f
1081 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19279 5148))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1083
1084 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1085 Major mode for editing arrays.
1086
1087 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1088 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1089 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1090
1091 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1092
1093 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1094 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1095 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1096
1097 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1098 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1099 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1100 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1101 The variables are:
1102
1103 Variables you assign:
1104 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1105 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1106 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1107 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1108 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1109 row numbers in the buffer.
1110
1111 Variables which are calculated:
1112 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1113 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1114
1115 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1116 take a numeric prefix argument):
1117
1118 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1119 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1120 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1121 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1122
1123 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1124 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1125 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1126 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1127
1128 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1129 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1130 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1131 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1132
1133 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1134 between that of point and mark.
1135
1136 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1137 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1138
1139 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1140 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1141 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1142 newlines inside rows)
1143
1144 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1145
1146 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1147
1148 \(fn)" t nil)
1149
1150 ;;;***
1151 \f
1152 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19321
1153 ;;;;;; 4517))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1155
1156 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1157 Toggle Artist mode.
1158 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1159 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1160 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1161
1162 How to quit Artist mode
1163
1164 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1165
1166
1167 How to submit a bug report
1168
1169 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1170
1171
1172 Drawing with the mouse:
1173
1174 mouse-2
1175 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1176 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1177 below).
1178
1179 mouse-1
1180 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1181 or pastes:
1182
1183 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1186 to new point
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1191 --------------------------------------------------------------
1192 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1194 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1199 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1203 lines
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Paste Paste Paste
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213
1214 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1215 or diagonally.
1216
1217 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1218 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1219 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1220 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1221 poly-lines.
1222
1223 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1224 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1225 overwrite means the opposite.
1226
1227 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1228 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1229 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1230
1231 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1232
1233 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1234 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1235
1236 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1237 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1238 are currently drawing something.
1239
1240 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1241 some time to fill.
1242
1243
1244 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1245 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1246
1247
1248 Settings
1249
1250 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1251
1252 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1253
1254 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1255
1256 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1257
1258 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1259 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1260
1261 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1262
1263
1264 Drawing with keys
1265
1266 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1267 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1268 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1269 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1270 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1271 When pasting: Pastes
1272
1273 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1274
1275 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1276
1277 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1278 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1279 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1280 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1281 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1282 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1283
1284
1285 Arrows
1286
1287 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1288 of the line/poly-line
1289
1290 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1291 of the line/poly-line
1292
1293
1294 Selecting operation
1295
1296 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1297
1298 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1302 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1304 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1305 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1306 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1307 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1308 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1309 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1310 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1311 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1312 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1313 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1314 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1316 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1317 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1318
1319
1320 Variables
1321
1322 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1323 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1324
1325 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1326 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1327 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1328 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1329 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1330 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1331 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1332 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1333 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1334 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1335 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1336 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1337 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1338 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1339 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1340 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1341 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1342 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1343 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1344
1345 Hooks
1346
1347 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1348 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1349
1350
1351 Keymap summary
1352
1353 \\{artist-mode-map}
1354
1355 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1356
1357 ;;;***
1358 \f
1359 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19279
1360 ;;;;;; 5151))
1361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1362
1363 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1364 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1365 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1366
1367 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1368 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1369 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1370 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1371
1372 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1373 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1374
1375 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1376 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1377
1378 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1379
1380 Special commands:
1381 \\{asm-mode-map}
1382
1383 \(fn)" t nil)
1384
1385 ;;;***
1386 \f
1387 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1388 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
1389 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1390
1391 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1392 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1393 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1394
1395 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1396
1397 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1398 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1399 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1400 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1401 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1402 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1403 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1404 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1405 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1406 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1407
1408 For example:
1409 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1410 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1411 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1412 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1413 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1414
1415 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1416
1417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1418
1419 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1420 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1424 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1425
1426 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1427
1428 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1429 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1430 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1431 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1432 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1433 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1434
1435 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1436
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1438
1439 ;;;***
1440 \f
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1442 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
1443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1444
1445 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1446 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1447
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1449
1450 ;;;***
1451 \f
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1453 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19279 5148))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1455
1456 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1457 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1458 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1459
1460 \(fn)" t nil)
1461
1462 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1463 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1464 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1465 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1466
1467 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1468
1469 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1470 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1474 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1475
1476 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1477
1478 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1479 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1480 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1481 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1482
1483 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1484 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1485
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1487
1488 ;;;***
1489 \f
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1491 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1492 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1494
1495 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1496
1497 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1498
1499 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1500 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1501 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1502 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1503 save the buffer too.
1504
1505 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1506
1507 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1508
1509 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1511 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1512 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1513 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1514 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1515
1516 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1517 directory or directories specified.
1518
1519 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1520
1521 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1522 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1523 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1524
1525 \(fn)" nil nil)
1526
1527 ;;;***
1528 \f
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1530 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1531 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19279 5148))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1533
1534 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1535 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1536
1537 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1538 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1539 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1540 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1541 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1542
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1544
1545 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1546 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1547
1548 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1550
1551 \(fn)" nil nil)
1552
1553 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1554 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1555 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1556
1557 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1558 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1559 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1560 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1561 reflected in the current buffer.
1562
1563 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1564 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1565 writing before you save the file!
1566
1567 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1568
1569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1570
1571 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1572 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1573
1574 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1575 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1576
1577 \(fn)" nil nil)
1578
1579 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1580 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1581 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1584 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1585
1586 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1587
1588 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1590 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1591 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1592
1593 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1594 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1595 to revert a particular buffer.
1596
1597 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1598 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1599 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1600 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1601 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1602
1603 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1604 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1605 specifies in the mode line.
1606
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1608
1609 ;;;***
1610 \f
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1612 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19279 5148))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1614
1615 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1616 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1617 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1619 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1620
1621 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1622
1623 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1624 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1625 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1626 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1627
1628 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1629 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1630 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1631
1632 Effects of the different modes:
1633 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1634 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1635 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1636 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1637 a random distance & direction.
1638 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1639 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1640 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1641
1642 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1643
1644 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1645 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1646 definition of \"random distance\".)
1647
1648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1649
1650 ;;;***
1651 \f
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1653 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1655 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1656
1657 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1658 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1659 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1660 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1661
1662 \(fn)" t nil)
1663
1664 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1665 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1666 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1670
1671 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1672
1673 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1674 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1675 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1676 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1677 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1678 seconds.
1679
1680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1681
1682 ;;;***
1683 \f
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1685 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19279 5149))
1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1687
1688 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1689 Time execution of FORMS.
1690 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1691 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1692 FORMS once.
1693 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1694 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1695 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1696
1697 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1698
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1701 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1702 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1703 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1704
1705 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1706
1707 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1708 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1709 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1710 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1711 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1712
1713 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1714
1715 ;;;***
1716 \f
1717 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1718 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19279 38446))
1719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1720
1721 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1722 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1723 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1724 of corresponding buffers.
1725 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1726 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1727 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1728 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1729 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1730 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1731
1732 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1733
1734 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1735 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1736
1737 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1738
1739 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1740 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1741 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1742 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1743
1744 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1745 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1746 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1747 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1748 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1749
1750 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1751 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1752
1753
1754 Special information:
1755
1756 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1757
1758 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1759 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1760 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1761 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1762 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1763 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1764 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1765 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1766 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1767 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1769
1770 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1771 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1772 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1773 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1774 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1775 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1776 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1777 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1778
1779 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1780
1781 ----------------------------------------------------------
1782 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1783 if that value is non-nil.
1784
1785 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1786
1787 \(fn)" t nil)
1788
1789 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1790 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1791 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1792 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1793 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1794 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1795 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1796 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1797 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1798 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1799
1800 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1801
1802 ;;;***
1803 \f
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1805 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1807 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1808
1809 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1810 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1811
1812 \(fn)" t nil)
1813
1814 ;;;***
1815 \f
1816 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1817 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1818 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1820
1821 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1822
1823 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1824 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1825 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1826
1827 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1828
1829 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1830 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1831
1832 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1833
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1836
1837 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19279
1842 ;;;;;; 5151))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1846 Play blackbox.
1847 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1848
1849 What is blackbox?
1850
1851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1856 your score.
1857
1858 Overview of play:
1859
1860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1862 four.
1863
1864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1865 movement keys.
1866
1867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1869
1870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1872
1873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1879
1880 Details:
1881
1882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1883
1884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1888
1889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1891 denoted by the letter `R'.
1892
1893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1895 denoted by the letter `H'.
1896
1897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1898 example.
1899
1900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1906 ray.
1907
1908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1909 degree deflection it causes.
1910
1911 1
1912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1920 2 3
1921
1922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1924
1925
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1934
1935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1941 emerging from the box.
1942
1943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1944
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953
1954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1955 a reflection.
1956
1957 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1958
1959 ;;;***
1960 \f
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1962 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1963 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1965 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19326 6129))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1967 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1968 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1970
1971 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1972 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1973 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1974 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1975 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1976 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1977 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1978
1979 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1980 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1981 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1982
1983 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1984 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1985 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1986 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1987 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1988 recent one.
1989
1990 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1991 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1992 yank successive words.
1993
1994 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1995 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1996 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1997 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1998 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1999
2000 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2001 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2002 the list of bookmarks.)
2003
2004 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2005
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2007 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2011 this.
2012
2013 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2014 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2015 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2016 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2017
2018 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2019 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2020
2021 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2022 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2023 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2024
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2026
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2028 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2029
2030 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2031
2032 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2033 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2034 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2035
2036 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2037 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2038 after a bookmark was set in it.
2039
2040 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2041
2042 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2043 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2044 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2045
2046 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2047 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2048
2049 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2050
2051 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2052
2053 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2057
2058 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2059
2060 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2061 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2062 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2063
2064 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2065 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2066 name.
2067
2068 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2069
2070 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2071 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2072 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2073
2074 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2075 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2076 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2077 this.
2078
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2080
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2082 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2083 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2084
2085 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2086 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2087 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2088 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2089 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2090 probably because we were called from there.
2091
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2093
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2095 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2096 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2097
2098 \(fn)" t nil)
2099
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2101 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2102 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2104 \(second argument).
2105
2106 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2107 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2108 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2109 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2110 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2111
2112 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2113 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2114 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2115 `bookmark-default-file'.
2116
2117 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2120 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2121 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2122 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2123 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2124 while loading.
2125
2126 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2127 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2128 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2129 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2130 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2131 explicitly.
2132
2133 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2134 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2135 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2136 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2137
2138 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2139
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2141 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2145
2146 \(fn)" t nil)
2147
2148 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2149
2150 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2151
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2153 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2154
2155 \(fn)" t nil)
2156
2157 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2158
2159 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2160
2161 ;;;***
2162 \f
2163 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2164 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2165 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2166 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2172 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
2173 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2174
2175 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2176 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2177 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2178 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2179
2180 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2181 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2182 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2183 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2184 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2185
2186 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2187
2188 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2189 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2190
2191 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2192
2193 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2194 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2195
2196 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2197
2198 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2199 Not documented
2200
2201 \(fn)" nil nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2204 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2205 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2206 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2207 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2208 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2209
2210 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2211
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2214 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2215 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2216 narrowed.
2217
2218 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2219
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2221 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2222
2223 \(fn)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2227
2228 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2229
2230 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2231 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2232 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2233 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2234
2235 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2238 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2239 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2240 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2241
2242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2243
2244 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2245 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2246 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2247 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2248 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2249 to use.
2250
2251 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2252
2253 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2254 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2255 Default to the URL around or before point.
2256
2257 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2258 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2259 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2260 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2261
2262 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2263 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2264
2265 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2266 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2267
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2269
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2274
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279
2280 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2281 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2282 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2283
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2288
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2292 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2293
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2296 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298
2299 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2300 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2301 new tab in an existing window instead.
2302
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2304 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2311 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2312 Firefox.
2313
2314 When called interactively, if variable
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2316 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2317 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319
2320 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2321 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2322 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2323
2324 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2325 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2326
2327 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2328 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2329 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2330 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2331 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2332 URL in a new window.
2333
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2335
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2338 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2339 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2340
2341 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2342 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2343 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2344 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345
2346 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2347 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2348 new tab in an existing window instead.
2349
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2357
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2359
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2362 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2363 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2364
2365 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2366 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2367 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2368 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2369
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2377
2378 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2379 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2380 program is invoked according to the variable
2381 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2382
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point.
2396
2397 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2398 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2399 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point.
2414
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2417 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2426 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2427 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2428
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2433 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2434 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2435 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2436 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2437
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2442 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2443 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2444 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2445
2446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2447 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2448 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2449 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2457 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2458 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2459 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2460 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2461 current one.
2462
2463 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2464 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2465 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2466 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2476 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2477 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2478 don't offer a form of remote control.
2479
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2484 Default to the URL around or before point.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around the point.
2491
2492 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2493 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2494
2495 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2496 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2497
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499
2500 ;;;***
2501 \f
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19279
2503 ;;;;;; 5151))
2504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2505
2506 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2507 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2508
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2512 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2513
2514 \(fn)" nil nil)
2515
2516 ;;;***
2517 \f
2518 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2519 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19279 5148))
2520 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2521
2522 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2523 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2526
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2528
2529 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2530 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2531 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2532 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2533
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2537 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2538
2539 \(fn)" t nil)
2540
2541 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2542 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2543 \\<bs-mode-map>
2544 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2545 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2546 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2547 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2548
2549 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2550 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2551 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2552 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2553 name of buffer configuration.
2554
2555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2556
2557 ;;;***
2558 \f
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19279 5151))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2561
2562 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2563 Play Bubbles game.
2564 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2565 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2566 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2567 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2568 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2569 columns on its right towards the left.
2570
2571 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2572 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2573 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2575
2576 \(fn)" t nil)
2577
2578 ;;;***
2579 \f
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19279 5151))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2583
2584 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2585
2586 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2587 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2588
2589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2590
2591 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2592 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2593
2594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2595
2596 ;;;***
2597 \f
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2599 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2600 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2601 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2602 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2603 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
2604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2609
2610 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2611 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2612
2613 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2616 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2617 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2618 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2619 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2620 else the global value will be modified.
2621
2622 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2623
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2625 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2626 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2627 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2628 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2629 else the global value will be modified.
2630
2631 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2632
2633 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2634 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2635 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2636
2637 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2638
2639 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2640 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2641 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2642 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2643
2644 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2645 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2646 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2647 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2648 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2649 before scanning it.
2650
2651 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2652 that already has a `.elc' file.
2653
2654 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2655 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2656
2657 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2658 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2659 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2660 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2661 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2662 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2663
2664 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2665
2666 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2667 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2668 Print the result in the echo area.
2669 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2670
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2674 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2675 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2676
2677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2680 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2681 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2682 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2683 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2684 all functions called by those functions.
2685
2686 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2687 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2688 cons, etc.).
2689
2690 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2691 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2692 invoked interactively.
2693
2694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2695
2696 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2697 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2700
2701 \(fn)" nil nil)
2702
2703 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2704 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2705 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2706 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2707 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2708 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2709 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2710 already up-to-date.
2711
2712 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2713
2714 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2716 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2717 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2718
2719 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2720 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2721 and corresponding effects.
2722
2723 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2724
2725 ;;;***
2726 \f
2727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19279
2728 ;;;;;; 5149))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2730
2731 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2732
2733 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2734
2735 ;;;***
2736 \f
2737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19279 5149))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2739
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2741
2742 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2743
2744 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2745
2746 ;;;***
2747 \f
2748 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2749 ;;;;;; (19345 41626))
2750 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2751
2752 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2753 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2754 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2755 from the cursor position.
2756
2757 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2758
2759 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2760
2761 ;;;***
2762 \f
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2764 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2765 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19282
2766 ;;;;;; 55646))
2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2768 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2769
2770 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2771 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2772
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2774
2775 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2776 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2777
2778 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2782
2783 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2784
2785 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2786 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2787
2788 \(fn)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2791 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2792 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2793 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2794
2795 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2796
2797 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 This is most useful in the X window system.
2800 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2801 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2802
2803 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 See calc-keypad for details.
2808
2809 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2810
2811 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2812 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2813
2814 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2815
2816 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2817 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2818
2819 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2820
2821 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2822 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2823
2824 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2825
2826 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2827 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2828 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2829
2830 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2831
2832 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2833 Define Calc function.
2834
2835 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2836 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2837 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2838
2839 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2840 actual Lisp function name.
2841
2842 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2843
2844 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2845
2846 ;;;***
2847 \f
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19356
2849 ;;;;;; 10801))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2851
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2855
2856 \(fn)" t nil)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19279
2861 ;;;;;; 5149))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2863
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2870
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2879 window.
2880
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2883
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2890
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2892
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2897
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2899
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2901
2902 ;;;***
2903 \f
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19279 5150))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2907
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2910
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2916 it fails.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2919
2920 ;;;***
2921 \f
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2925
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2928
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2933
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2935
2936 capitalizedWorDD
2937 ^ ^ ^^
2938
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2942
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2950
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2953
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955
2956 ;;;***
2957 \f
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19279
2959 ;;;;;; 5151))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2962
2963 ;;;***
2964 \f
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19370 36541))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2968
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2971
2972 \(fn)" nil nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19338 9841))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2980
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2988
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2990
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3001
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3008
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3010
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3013
3014 Key bindings:
3015 \\{c-mode-map}
3016
3017 \(fn)" t nil)
3018
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3021
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3029
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3031
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3034
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{c++-mode-map}
3037
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3039
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3043
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3051
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3053
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3056
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{objc-mode-map}
3059
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3061
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3065
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3072 message.
3073
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3075
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3078
3079 Key bindings:
3080 \\{java-mode-map}
3081
3082 \(fn)" t nil)
3083
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3087
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3094 message.
3095
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3097
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3100
3101 Key bindings:
3102 \\{idl-mode-map}
3103
3104 \(fn)" t nil)
3105
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3110
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3117 message.
3118
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3120
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3123
3124 Key bindings:
3125 \\{pike-mode-map}
3126
3127 \(fn)" t nil)
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3134
3135 ;;;***
3136 \f
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19279 5151))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3140
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3145
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3147
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3150 might get set too.
3151
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3156 way.
3157
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3162 a null operation.
3163
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3165
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3170
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3172
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3176
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3178
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3184
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3186
3187 ;;;***
3188 \f
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19279 5151))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3194
3195 ;;;***
3196 \f
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3201
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3204
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3206
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3209
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3211
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3214
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3219 execution.
3220
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3222
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3224
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3227
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3230 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3231 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3232
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3238 `write' commands.
3239
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3244
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3247 semantics.
3248
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3250
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3252
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3254
3255 STATEMENT :=
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3258
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3262 | integer
3263
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3265
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3269
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3271 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3273
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3276
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3278 BREAK := (break)
3279
3280 REPEAT :=
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3282 (repeat)
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3284 ;; (repeat))
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3287 ;; (read REG)
3288 ;; (repeat))
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3291 ;; (read REG)
3292 ;; (repeat))
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3294
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3311
3312 WRITE :=
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3315 ;; representation.
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3318 ;; (write r7))
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3322 ;; representation.
3323 | (write integer)
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3325 ;; buffer.
3326 | (write string)
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3328 | string
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3332 ;; representation.
3333 | (write REG ARRAY)
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3340
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3343
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3345 END := (end)
3346
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3350
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3352
3353 OPERATOR :=
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3355 + | - | * | / | %
3356
3357 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3358 | & | `|' | ^
3359
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3361 | << | >>
3362
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3365 | <8
3366
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3370 | >8
3371
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3375 | //
3376
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3379
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3384 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3387 | de-sjis
3388
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3391 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3393 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3394 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3396 ;; byte of SJIS.
3397 | en-sjis
3398
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3402
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3404 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3405 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3406 | <8=
3407
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3410 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3411
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3414 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3415 | //=
3416
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3418
3419
3420 TRANSLATE :=
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3424 LOOKUP :=
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3428 MAP :=
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3434 MAP-ID := integer
3435
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3437
3438 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3441 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3443 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3444
3445 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3446
3447 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3448 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3449 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3450
3451 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3452
3453 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3454
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3460
3461 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3462 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3463 There are no special keybindings by default.
3464
3465 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3466 to the action header.
3467
3468 \(fn)" t nil)
3469
3470 ;;;***
3471 \f
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19279 5149))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3475
3476 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3477 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3478 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3479
3480 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3481
3482 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3483 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3484 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3485
3486 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3487
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3498 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19279 5149))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3500 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3505
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3507 Not documented
3508
3509 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3510
3511 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3512 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3513 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3514 the users will view as each check is completed.
3515
3516 \(fn)" t nil)
3517
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3519 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3520 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3521 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3522 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3523 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3524 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3525 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3526
3527 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3528
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3530 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3537
3538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3539
3540 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3541 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3542 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3543 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3544 spacing are all verified.
3545
3546 \(fn)" t nil)
3547
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3549 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3550 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3551 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3552 otherwise stop after the first error.
3553
3554 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3555
3556 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3557 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3558 Only documentation strings are checked.
3559 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3560 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3561 a separate buffer.
3562
3563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3564
3565 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3566 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3568 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3569 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3570
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3572
3573 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3574 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3575 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3576 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3577 if there is one.
3578
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3580
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3582 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3584 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3585 if there is one.
3586 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3587
3588 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3589
3590 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3591 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3592 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3593
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3595
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3597 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3598 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3599 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3600 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3601
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3603
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3605 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3606 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3607 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3608 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3609 space at the end of each line.
3610
3611 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3612
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3617
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3619
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3624
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3631
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3633
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3638
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3640
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3645
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3647
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3652
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3654
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3657 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3658 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3659
3660 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3661
3662 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3663 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3664 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3666
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3668
3669 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3671 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3672 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3673
3674 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3675
3676 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3677 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3678 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3679 turn it off.
3680
3681 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3682 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3683 checking of documentation strings.
3684
3685 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3686
3687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3688
3689 ;;;***
3690 \f
3691 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3692 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3693 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19279 5150))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3695
3696 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3697 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3698 Return the length of resulting text.
3699
3700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3701
3702 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3703 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3704
3705 \(fn)" t nil)
3706
3707 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3708 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3709 Return the length of resulting text.
3710
3711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3712
3713 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3714 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3715
3716 \(fn)" t nil)
3717
3718 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3719 Not documented
3720
3721 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3722
3723 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3724 Not documented
3725
3726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3727
3728 ;;;***
3729 \f
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3731 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19279 5148))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3733
3734 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3735 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3736 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3737 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3738 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3739 editing and the result is evaluated.
3740
3741 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3742
3743 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3744 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3745 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3746 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3747 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3748
3749 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3750
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3754 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3757 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3758
3759 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3760 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3761 \\{command-history-map}
3762
3763 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3764 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3765
3766 \(fn)" t nil)
3767
3768 ;;;***
3769 \f
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19279 5149))
3771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3772
3773 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3774 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3775 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3776 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3777 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3778 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3779
3780 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3781 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3782
3783 ;;;***
3784 \f
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3786 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3788
3789 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3790 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3791 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3792 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3793 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3794 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3795 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3796 of this function.
3797
3798 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3799 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3800 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3801 property are:
3802
3803 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3804 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3805
3806 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3807 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3808 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3809 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3810 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3811 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3812 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3813 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3814 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3815 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3816 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3817 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3818
3819 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3820 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3821 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3822
3823 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3824 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3825 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3826 list elements are:
3827
3828 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3829
3830 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3831
3832 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3833
3834 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3835 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3836
3837 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3838 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3839
3840 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3841 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3842 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3843 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3844 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3845 value specified by their associated list element.
3846
3847 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3848
3849 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3850 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3851 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3852
3853 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3854 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3855 * indent the first argument by 4.
3856 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3857 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3858 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3859
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3861
3862 ;;;***
3863 \f
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3867
3868 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3872
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3875 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3876 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3877
3878 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3879 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3880
3881 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3882
3883 ;;;***
3884 \f
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19279
3886 ;;;;;; 5148))
3887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3888
3889 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3890 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3891 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3892 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3893 of `scheme-program-name').
3894 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3895 it is given as initial input.
3896 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3897 discards input when it starts up.
3898 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3899 is run).
3900 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3901
3902 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3904
3905 ;;;***
3906 \f
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3908 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3909 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3912
3913 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3914 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3915 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3916 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3917 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3918 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3919 functions have already modified the buffer.
3920
3921 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3922
3923 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3924 either globally or locally.")
3925
3926 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3927
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3937
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3939
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3941
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3951
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3953
3954 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3955
3956 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3957 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3958 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3959 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3960 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3961 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3962
3963 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3964
3965 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3966 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3967 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3968 directory tracking functions.")
3969
3970 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3971 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3972 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3973
3974 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3975
3976 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3981
3982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3983
3984 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3985
3986 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3987 Send COMMAND to current process.
3988 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3989 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3990
3991 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3992
3993 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3995 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3996 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3997
3998 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3999
4000 ;;;***
4001 \f
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19279
4003 ;;;;;; 5148))
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4005
4006 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4007 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4008 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4009 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4010
4011 This command pushes the mark in each window
4012 at the prior location of point in that window.
4013 If both windows display the same buffer,
4014 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4015 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4016
4017 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4018 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4019 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4021 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4022 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4023 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4024 ignored.
4025
4026 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4027 this command work in interlaced mode:
4028 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4029 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4030 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4031
4032 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4033
4034 ;;;***
4035 \f
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4037 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4038 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4040 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19375
4041 ;;;;;; 49830))
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4043
4044 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4045 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4046
4047 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4048
4049 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4050 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4051 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4052 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4053 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4054 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4055 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4056
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4058
4059 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4060 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4061
4062 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4063
4064 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4065 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4066 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4067 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4068 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4069 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4070 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4071
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4077
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4082
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4087 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4088
4089 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4090 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4091 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4092
4093 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4094
4095 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4096 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4097 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4098 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4099
4100 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4101
4102 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4103 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4104
4105 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4106 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4107
4108 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4109 (lambda ()
4110 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4111 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4112 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4113 (concat \"make -k \"
4114 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4115
4116 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4117 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4118
4119 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4120 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4121 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4122 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4123
4124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4125
4126 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4127 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4128 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4129 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4130
4131 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4132 and move to the source code that caused it.
4133
4134 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4135 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4136
4137 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4138 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4139 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4140 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4141
4142 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4143 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4144 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4145 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4146
4147 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4148 kills its subprocesses.
4149
4150 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4151 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4152 to a function that generates a unique name.
4153
4154 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4155
4156 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4157 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4158 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4159 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4160
4161 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4162 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4163
4164 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4165 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4166 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4167 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4168
4169 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4170 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4171 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4172
4173 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4174
4175 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4176
4177 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4178 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4179 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4180 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4181 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4182
4183 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4184
4185 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4186
4187 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4188
4189 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4190 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4191 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4192 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4193 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4194 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4195 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4196
4197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4198
4199 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4204 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4205
4206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4207
4208 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4209 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4210 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4211
4212 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4213
4214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4215
4216 ;;;***
4217 \f
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (19358 54001))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4221
4222 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4223 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4224 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4227 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4228
4229 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4230
4231 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4232 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4233 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4234
4235 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4236 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4237 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4238 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4239
4240 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4241 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4242 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4243 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4244
4245 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4246 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4247 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4248 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4249
4250 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4251 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4252 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4253 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4254 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4255
4256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4257
4258 ;;;***
4259 \f
4260 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4263
4264 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4265 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4266 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4269 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4270
4271 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4274 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4275
4276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4277
4278 ;;;***
4279 \f
4280 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4281 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4282 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4283 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4285
4286 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4287 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4288 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4289 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4290 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4291 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4292 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4293
4294 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4295 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4296 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4297
4298 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4299 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4300 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4301
4302 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4303 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4304 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4305 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4306
4307 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4308 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4309 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4310 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4311 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4312 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4313 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4314
4315 \\{conf-mode-map}
4316
4317 \(fn)" t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4320 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4321 Comments start with `#'.
4322 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4323
4324 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4325
4326 \[Desktop Entry]
4327 Encoding=UTF-8
4328 Name=The GIMP
4329 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4330 Name[cs]=GIMP
4331
4332 \(fn)" t nil)
4333
4334 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4335 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4336 Comments start with `;'.
4337 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4338
4339 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4340
4341 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4342 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4343 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4344
4345 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4346 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4347
4348 \(fn)" t nil)
4349
4350 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4351 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4352 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4353 between `/*' and `*/'.
4354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4355
4356 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4357 // another kind of comment
4358 /* yet another */
4359
4360 name:value
4361 name=value
4362 name value
4363 x.1 =
4364 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4365 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4366
4367 \(fn)" t nil)
4368
4369 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4370 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4371 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4372 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4373 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4374 `conf-space-keywords'.
4375 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4376 in an interactive fashion instead.
4377
4378 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4379
4380 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4381
4382 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4383 image/png png
4384 image/tiff tiff tif
4385
4386 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4387 class desktop
4388 # Standard multimedia devices
4389 add /dev/audio desktop
4390 add /dev/mixer desktop
4391
4392 \(fn)" t nil)
4393
4394 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4395 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4396 See `conf-space-mode'.
4397
4398 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4399
4400 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4402 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4404
4405 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4406
4407 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4408 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4409
4410 \(fn)" t nil)
4411
4412 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4414 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4416
4417 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4418
4419 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4420 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4421
4422 \(fn)" t nil)
4423
4424 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4425 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4426 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4427 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4428
4429 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4430
4431 *background: gray99
4432 *foreground: black
4433
4434 \(fn)" t nil)
4435
4436 ;;;***
4437 \f
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4439 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19279 5151))
4440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4441
4442 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4443 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4444 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4445 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4446
4447 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4448
4449 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4450 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4451 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4452 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4453
4454 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4455
4456 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4457 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4458 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4459 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4460
4461 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4462
4463 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4464 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4465
4466 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4467
4468 ;;;***
4469 \f
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4471 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19279
4472 ;;;;;; 5149))
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4474
4475 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4476 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4477 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4478 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4479 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4480 following the copyright are updated as well.
4481 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4482 interactively.
4483
4484 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4485
4486 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4487 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4488 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4489
4490 \(fn)" t nil)
4491
4492 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4493 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4494
4495 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4496
4497 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4498 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4499
4500 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4501
4502 ;;;***
4503 \f
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4505 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19279 5151))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4507 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4509 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4513 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4514
4515 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4516 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4517 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4518 Tab indents for Perl code.
4519 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4520 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4521
4522 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4523 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4524 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4525 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4526 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4527 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4528 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4529 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4530 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4531 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4532 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4533 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4534
4535 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4536
4537 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4538 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4539
4540 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4541
4542 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4543 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4544 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4545 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4546 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4547 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4548 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4549 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4550 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4551
4552 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4553
4554 bite if angry;
4555
4556 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4557 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4558 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4559 to nil.)
4560
4561 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4562 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4563 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4564
4565 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4566
4567 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4568 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4569 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4570 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4571 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4572
4573 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4574
4575 if (A) { B }
4576
4577 into
4578
4579 B if A;
4580
4581 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4582
4583 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4584 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4585 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4586 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4587 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4588 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4589 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4590 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4591 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4592 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4593 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4594 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4595 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4596
4597 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4598 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4599 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4600 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4601 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4602 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4603
4604 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4605 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4606 man via menu.
4607
4608 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4609 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4610 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4611 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4612 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4613
4614 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4615 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4616 span the needed amount of lines.
4617
4618 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4619 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4620 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4621 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4622
4623 Variables controlling indentation style:
4624 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4625 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4627 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4628 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4629 `cperl-auto-newline'
4630 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4631 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4632 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4633 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4634 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4635 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4636 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4637 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4638 `cperl-indent-level'
4639 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4640 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4641 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4642 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4643 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4644 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4645 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4646 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4647 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4648 `cperl-brace-offset'
4649 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4650 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4651 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4652 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4653 `cperl-label-offset'
4654 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4655 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4656 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4657
4658 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4659 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4660 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4661 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4662 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4663 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4664
4665 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4666 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4667 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4668 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4669
4670 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4671 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4672 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4673 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4674 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4675 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4676 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4677
4678 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4679 column 0 is indented on
4680 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4681
4682 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4683 with no args.
4684
4685 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4686 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4687 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4688
4689 \(fn)" t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4692 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4693
4694 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4695
4696 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4697 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4698
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4700
4701 ;;;***
4702 \f
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4706
4707 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4708 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4709 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4710 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4711 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4712
4713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4716 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4717
4718 \(fn)" t nil)
4719
4720 ;;;***
4721 \f
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4725
4726 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4727 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4728 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4729 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4730
4731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4732 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4733
4734 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4735
4736 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4737 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4738 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4739
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4741
4742 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4747 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4749
4750 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4751 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4752 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4753 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4754
4755 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4756 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4757 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4758 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4759
4760 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4761 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4762 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4763
4764 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4765 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4766 'bob', and 'eve'.
4767
4768 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4769 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4770 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4771
4772 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4773
4774 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4775 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4776 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4777
4778 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4779
4780 ;;;***
4781 \f
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19279
4783 ;;;;;; 5152))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4785 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4786
4787 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4788 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4789
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4791
4792 ;;;***
4793 \f
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4795 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
4796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4797
4798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4800 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4803 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4804
4805 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4806
4807 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4808 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4809 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4810 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4811 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4812
4813 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4814 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4815 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4816 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4817 function of these prefix keys.
4818
4819 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4820 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4821 options:
4822 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4823 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4824 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4825
4826 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4827 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4828 the prefix fallback behavior.
4829
4830 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4831 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4832 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4833 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4834
4835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4836
4837 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4838 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4839
4840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4841
4842 ;;;***
4843 \f
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4845 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4846 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4847 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4848 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4849 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4850 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4851 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4852 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4853 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4854 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4856
4857 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4858 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4859
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4861
4862 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4863 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4864
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4866
4867 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4869
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4871 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4872
4873 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4875
4876 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4877 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4878
4879 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4880 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4881
4882 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4883
4884 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4885
4886 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4887 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4888 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4889
4890 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4891 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4892
4893 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4894 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4895
4896 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4897 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4898
4899 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4900
4901 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4902
4903 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4904 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4905 Return VALUE.
4906
4907 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4908 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4909
4910 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4911 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4912
4913 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4914 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4915
4916 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4917
4918 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4919
4920 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4921 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4922 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4923 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4924 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4925
4926 \(fn)" t nil)
4927
4928 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4930 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4931 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4932
4933 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4934
4935 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4937
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4939
4940 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4942
4943 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4944
4945 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4946
4947 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4948 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4949
4950 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4951
4952 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4953
4954 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4956 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4957
4958 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4959
4960 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4961 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4962 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4963 as part of Emacs itself.
4964
4965 Each elements looks like this:
4966
4967 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4968
4969 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4970 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4971 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4972 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4973 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4974 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4975 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4976 and `defface'.
4977
4978 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4979
4980 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4981 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4982 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4983 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4985
4986 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4987 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4988 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4989 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4990
4991 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4992
4993 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4995 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4996 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4997 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4998
4999 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5000 that were added or redefined since that version.
5001
5002 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5005 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5006 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5007 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5008
5009 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5010 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5011
5012 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5015 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5016 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5017
5018 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5019 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5020
5021 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5022
5023 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5025
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027
5028 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5030
5031 \(fn)" t nil)
5032
5033 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all already saved user options.
5035
5036 \(fn)" t nil)
5037
5038 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5040 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5041 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5042 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5043 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5044
5045 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5046 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5047 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5048 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5049 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5050 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5051
5052 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5053
5054 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5055 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5056 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5057 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5058
5059 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5060
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5063
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5065
5066 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5067 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5068
5069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5070
5071 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5072 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5073 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5074 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5075 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5076 that option.
5077
5078 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5079
5080 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5081 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5082 The result includes selecting that window.
5083 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5084 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5085 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5086 that option.
5087
5088 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5089
5090 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5091 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5092
5093 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5094
5095 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5096 File used for storing customization information.
5097 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5098 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5099 it should be an absolute file name.
5100
5101 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5102 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5103 something like the following in your init file:
5104
5105 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5106 \(load custom-file)
5107
5108 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5109 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5110
5111 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5112 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5113 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5114 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5115 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5116
5117 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5118 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5119 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5120 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5121 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5122 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5123 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5124 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5125 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5126 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5127
5128 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5129
5130 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5132
5133 \(fn)" nil nil)
5134
5135 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5136 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5137
5138 \(fn)" t nil)
5139
5140 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5141 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5142 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5143
5144 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5145
5146 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5147 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5148 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5149 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5150 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5151
5152 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5153
5154 ;;;***
5155 \f
5156 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5157 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5159
5160 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5161 Create a custom theme.
5162
5163 \(fn)" t nil)
5164
5165 ;;;***
5166 \f
5167 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5168 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5170
5171 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5172 Mode used for cvs status output.
5173
5174 \(fn)" t nil)
5175
5176 ;;;***
5177 \f
5178 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5179 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19279 5151))
5180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5181
5182 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5183 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5184
5185 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5186
5187 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5188 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5189 C++ modes are included.
5190
5191 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5192
5193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5194
5195 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5196 Turn on CWarn mode.
5197
5198 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5199 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5200
5201 \(fn)" nil nil)
5202
5203 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5204 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5205 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5208 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5209
5210 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5211
5212 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5213 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5214 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5215 ARG is positive.
5216 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5217 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5218 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5219
5220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5221
5222 ;;;***
5223 \f
5224 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5225 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5226 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
5227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5228
5229 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5230 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5231
5232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5235 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5236
5237 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5238
5239 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5240 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5241 For readability, the table is slightly
5242 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5243
5244 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5245 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5246 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5247 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5248 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5249
5250 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5251
5252 ;;;***
5253 \f
5254 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5255 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
5256 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5257 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5258 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5259 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5260 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5261
5262 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5263 Completion on current word.
5264 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5265 and presents suggestions for completion.
5266
5267 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5268 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5269 completions.
5270
5271 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5272 then it searches *all* buffers.
5273
5274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5275
5276 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5277 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5278
5279 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5280 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5281 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5282 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5283 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5284
5285 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5286 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5287
5288 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5289 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5290 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5291
5292 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5293 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5294
5295 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5296
5297 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5298
5299 ;;;***
5300 \f
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (19323 49698))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5304
5305 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5306 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5307
5308 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5309
5310 ;;;***
5311 \f
5312 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19345
5313 ;;;;;; 41626))
5314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5315
5316 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5317 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5318 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5319 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5320 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5321
5322 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5323
5324 ;;;***
5325 \f
5326 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19279
5327 ;;;;;; 5151))
5328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5329
5330 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5331 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5332
5333 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5334 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5335 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5336
5337 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5338 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5339 Data lines are not indented.
5340
5341 Key bindings:
5342
5343 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5344 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5345
5346 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5347 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5348 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5349 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5350
5351 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5352
5353 dcl-basic-offset
5354 Extra indentation within blocks.
5355
5356 dcl-continuation-offset
5357 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5358
5359 dcl-margin-offset
5360 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5361
5362 dcl-margin-label-offset
5363 Indentation for a label.
5364
5365 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5366 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5367
5368 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5369 dcl-block-end-regexp
5370 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5371 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5372 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5373 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5374 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5375
5376 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5377 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5378 Two such functions are included in the package:
5379 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5380 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5381
5382 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5383 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5384 One such function is included in the package:
5385 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5386
5387 dcl-tab-always-indent
5388 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5389 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5390 margin.
5391
5392 dcl-electric-characters
5393 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5394 typed.
5395
5396 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5397 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5398 which words trigger electric indentation.
5399
5400 dcl-tempo-comma
5401 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5402 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5403 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5404
5405 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5406 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5407 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5408 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5409
5410 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5411 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5412 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5413 dcl-imenu-label-call
5414 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5415
5416 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5417 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5418 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5419 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5420
5421
5422 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5423
5424 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5425 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5426 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5427 $ i = 1
5428 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5429 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5430 $ label:
5431 $ if i.eq.1
5432 $ then
5433 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5434 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5435 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5436 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5437 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5438 \"lined up with the command line\"
5439 $ type sys$input
5440 Data lines are not indented at all.
5441 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5442 $ endif
5443 $
5444
5445
5446 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5447 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5448
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5450
5451 ;;;***
5452 \f
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5454 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19279 5149))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5456
5457 (setq debugger 'debug)
5458
5459 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5460 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5461 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5462 of the evaluator.
5463
5464 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5465 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5466 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5467
5468 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5469
5470 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5471 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5472
5473 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5474
5475 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5476 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5477 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5478 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5479 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5480 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5481
5482 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5483 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5484
5485 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5486
5487 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5488 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5489 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5490 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5491 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5492
5493 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5494
5495 ;;;***
5496 \f
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5498 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5500
5501 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5502 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5503
5504 \(fn)" t nil)
5505
5506 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5507 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5508 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5509 Upper-case letters are commands.
5510
5511 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5512 modify it.
5513
5514 The most useful commands are:
5515 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5516 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5517 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5518 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5519 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5520 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5521
5522 \(fn)" t nil)
5523
5524 ;;;***
5525 \f
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5527 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19323
5528 ;;;;;; 49698))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5530
5531 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5532 Customization of `columns' group.
5533
5534 \(fn)" t nil)
5535
5536 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5537 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5538
5539 START and END delimits the text region.
5540
5541 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5542
5543 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5544 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5545
5546 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5547
5548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5549
5550 ;;;***
5551 \f
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19279
5553 ;;;;;; 38446))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5555
5556 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5557 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5558 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5559 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5560 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5561 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5562 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5563
5564 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5565
5566 Customization:
5567
5568 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5569 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5570 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5571 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5572 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5573 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5574 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5575 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5576 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5577 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5578 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5579 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5580 blank line.
5581 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5582 Directories to search when finding external units.
5583 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5584 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5585
5586 Coloring:
5587
5588 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5589 Face used to color delphi comments.
5590 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5591 Face used to color delphi strings.
5592 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5593 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5594 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5595 Face used to color everything else.
5596
5597 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5598 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5599
5600 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5601
5602 ;;;***
5603 \f
5604 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19279
5605 ;;;;;; 5148))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5607
5608 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5609
5610 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5611 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5612 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5614 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5615 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5616
5617 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5618
5619 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5620 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5621 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5622 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5623
5624 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5625 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5626 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5627 any selection.
5628
5629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5630
5631 ;;;***
5632 \f
5633 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5634 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19279 5149))
5635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5636
5637 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5638 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5639
5640 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5641
5642 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5643 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5644 or nil if there is no parent.
5645 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5646 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5647 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5648 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5649 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5650
5651 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5652 arguments are currently understood:
5653 :group GROUP
5654 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5655 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5656 :syntax-table TABLE
5657 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5658 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5659 :abbrev-table TABLE
5660 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5661 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5662
5663 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5664
5665 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5666
5667 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5668 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5669 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5670
5671 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5672 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5673
5674 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5675 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5676 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5677
5678 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5679 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5680
5681 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5682 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5683
5684 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5685
5686 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5687
5688 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5689 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5690 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5691 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5692 the first time the mode is used.
5693
5694 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5695
5696 ;;;***
5697 \f
5698 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5699 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19279 5148))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5701
5702 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5703 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5704 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5705 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5706 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5707 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5708 otherwise.
5709
5710 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5711
5712 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5713 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5714 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5715 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5716 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5717 character composition information (if relevant),
5718 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5719
5720 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5721
5722 ;;;***
5723 \f
5724 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5725 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5726 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5727 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19372 27330))
5728 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5729
5730 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5731 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5732 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5733
5734 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5735
5736 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5737 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5738 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5739 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5740 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5741 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5742
5743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5744
5745 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5746 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5747 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5748 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5749
5750 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5751
5752 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5753 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5754 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5755
5756 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5757 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5758 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5759
5760 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5761 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5762
5763 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5764 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5765 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5766
5767 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5768 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5769 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5770 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5771
5772 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5773
5774 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5775 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5776
5777 Handlers are called with argument list
5778
5779 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5780
5781 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5782
5783 desktop-file-version
5784 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5785 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5786 desktop-buffer-point
5787 desktop-buffer-mark
5788 desktop-buffer-read-only
5789 desktop-buffer-locals
5790
5791 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5792 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5793
5794 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5795 code like
5796
5797 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5798 ...
5799 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5800 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5801
5802 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5803
5804 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5805
5806 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5807 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5808 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5809 List elements must have the form
5810
5811 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5812
5813 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5814 function.
5815
5816 Handlers are called with argument list
5817
5818 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5819
5820 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5821
5822 desktop-file-version
5823 desktop-buffer-file-name
5824 desktop-buffer-name
5825 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5826 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5827 desktop-buffer-point
5828 desktop-buffer-mark
5829 desktop-buffer-read-only
5830 desktop-buffer-misc
5831
5832 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5833 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5834 created and set.
5835
5836 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5837 code like
5838
5839 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5840 ...
5841 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5842 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5843
5844 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5845
5846 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5847
5848 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5849
5850 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5851 Empty the Desktop.
5852 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5853 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5854 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5855
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5859 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5860 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5861 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5862 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5863
5864 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5865
5866 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5867 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5868 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5869
5870 \(fn)" t nil)
5871
5872 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5873 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5874 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5875 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5876 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5877 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5878 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5879 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5880
5881 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5882
5883 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5884 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5885 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5886
5887 \(fn)" nil nil)
5888
5889 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5890 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5891 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5892 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5893 directory DIRNAME.
5894
5895 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5898 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5899
5900 \(fn)" t nil)
5901
5902 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5903 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5904
5905 \(fn)" t nil)
5906
5907 ;;;***
5908 \f
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5910 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5911 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19279 5150))
5912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5913
5914 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5915 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5916 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5917 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5918 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5919 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5920
5921 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5922
5923 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5924 Repair a broken attribution line.
5925 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5926
5927 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5928
5929 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5930 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5931 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5932 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5933
5934 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5935
5936 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5937 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5938
5939 \(fn)" t nil)
5940
5941 ;;;***
5942 \f
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5944 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19299 25154))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5946
5947 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5948 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5949 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5950 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5951 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5952
5953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5954
5955 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5956 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5957 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5958 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5959
5960 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5961 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5962 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5963 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5964
5965 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5966 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5967
5968 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5969 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5970 calendar-date-style 'european
5971 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5972
5973 \(diary-mail-entries)
5974
5975 # diary-rem.el ends here
5976
5977 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5978
5979 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5980 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5981
5982 \(fn)" t nil)
5983
5984 ;;;***
5985 \f
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5987 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19279 5148))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5989
5990 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5991 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5992
5993 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5994
5995 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5996 The command to use to run diff.")
5997
5998 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5999
6000 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6001 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6002 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6003 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6004 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6005 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6006
6007 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6008 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6009 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6010
6011 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6012
6013 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6014 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6015 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6016 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6017 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6018 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6019
6020 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6021
6022 ;;;***
6023 \f
6024 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6025 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
6026 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6027
6028 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6029 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6030 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6031 normal diffs.
6032
6033 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6034 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6035 headers for you on-the-fly.
6036
6037 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6038 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6039 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6040
6041 \\{diff-mode-map}
6042
6043 \(fn)" t nil)
6044
6045 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6046 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6047 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6048
6049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6050
6051 ;;;***
6052 \f
6053 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19279 5151))
6054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6055
6056 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6057 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6058 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6059
6060 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6061
6062 ;;;***
6063 \f
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6065 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6066 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19313 15414))
6067 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6068
6069 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6070 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6071 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6072 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6073 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6074 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6075 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6076 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6077
6078 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6079
6080 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6081 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6082
6083 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6084 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6085 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6086 A value of t means move to first file.")
6087
6088 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6089
6090 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6091 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6092 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6093 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6094 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6095 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6096
6097 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6098 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6099 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6100 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6101 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6102 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6103 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6104 list of files to make directory entries for.
6105 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6106 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6107 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6108 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6109
6110 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6111
6112 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6113 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6114
6115 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6116 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6117
6118 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6119 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6120
6121 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6122 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6123
6124 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6127 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6128
6129 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6130
6131 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6132 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6133 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6134 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6135 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6136 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6137 is displayed.
6138 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6139 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6140
6141 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6142
6143 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6144 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6145 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6146 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6147 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6148 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6149 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6150 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6151 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6152 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6153 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6154 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6155 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6156 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6157 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6158 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6159 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6160 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6161 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6162 to see why something went wrong.
6163 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6164 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6165 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6166 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6167 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6168 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6169 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6170 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6171 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6172 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6173 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6174 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6175 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6176
6177 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6178 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6179 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6180 again for the directory tree.
6181
6182 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6183 for more info):
6184
6185 `dired-listing-switches'
6186 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6187 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6188 `dired-marker-char'
6189 `dired-del-marker'
6190 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6191 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6192 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6193 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6194
6195 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6196
6197 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6198 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6199 `dired-mode-hook'
6200 `dired-load-hook'
6201
6202 Keybindings:
6203 \\{dired-mode-map}
6204
6205 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6206 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6207
6208 ;;;***
6209 \f
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6211 ;;;;;; (19299 25154))
6212 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6213
6214 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6215 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6216 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6217 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6218 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6219 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6220 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6221
6222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6223
6224 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6225 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6226 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6227
6228 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6229
6230 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6231 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6232
6233 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6234
6235 ;;;***
6236 \f
6237 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19279
6238 ;;;;;; 5149))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6240
6241 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6242 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6243 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6244 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6245 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6246 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6247
6248 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6249
6250 ;;;***
6251 \f
6252 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6253 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6254 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6255 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6256 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6257 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19279 5148))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6259
6260 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6261 Return a new, empty display table.
6262
6263 \(fn)" nil nil)
6264
6265 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6266 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6267 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6268 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6269 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6270
6271 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6272
6273 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6274 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6275 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6276 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6277 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6278
6279 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6280
6281 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6282 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6283
6284 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6285
6286 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6287 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6288
6289 \(fn)" t nil)
6290
6291 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6292 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6293
6294 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6295
6296 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6297 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6298
6299 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6300
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C using printable string S.
6303
6304 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6305
6306 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6307 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6308 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6309 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6310
6311 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6312
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6315 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6316 X frame.
6317
6318 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6319
6320 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6321 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6322
6323 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6324
6325 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6326 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6327
6328 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6329
6330 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6331 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6332
6333 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6334
6335 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6336 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6337
6338 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6339
6340 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6341 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6342
6343 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6344
6345 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6346 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6347
6348 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6349 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6350
6351 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6352 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6353
6354 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6355 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6356 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6357 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6358
6359 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6360 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6361 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6362 in `.emacs'.
6363
6364 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6365
6366 ;;;***
6367 \f
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6369 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6371
6372 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6373 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6374 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6375 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6376 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6377 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6378 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6379 Default is 2.
6380
6381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6382
6383 ;;;***
6384 \f
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19279 5148))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6387
6388 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6389 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6390 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6391 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6392 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6393 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6394 private or ask).
6395 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6396 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6397 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6398 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6399 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6400
6401 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6402
6403 ;;;***
6404 \f
6405 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6406 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19279 5152))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6408
6409 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6410 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6411 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6412 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6413 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6414 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6415 table and its own syntax table.
6416
6417 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6418
6419 \(fn)" t nil)
6420 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6421
6422 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6423 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6424
6425 \(fn)" t nil)
6426 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6427
6428 ;;;***
6429 \f
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6431 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19323 49698))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6433
6434 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6435 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6436 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6437
6438 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6439
6440 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6441 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6442
6443 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6444 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6445
6446 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6447 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6448 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6449
6450 \(fn)" t nil)
6451
6452 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6453 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6454 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6455 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6456
6457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6458
6459 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6460 Not documented
6461
6462 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6463
6464 ;;;***
6465 \f
6466 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19279 5151))
6467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6468
6469 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6470 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6471
6472 \(fn)" t nil)
6473
6474 ;;;***
6475 \f
6476 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19279 5148))
6477 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6478
6479 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6480 Toggle Double mode.
6481 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6482 turn it off.
6483
6484 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6485 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6486
6487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6488
6489 ;;;***
6490 \f
6491 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19279 5151))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6493
6494 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6495 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6496
6497 \(fn)" t nil)
6498
6499 ;;;***
6500 \f
6501 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6502 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6504
6505 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6506 Play sounds in message buffers.
6507
6508 \(fn)" t nil)
6509
6510 ;;;***
6511 \f
6512 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6513 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6514 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19279 5149))
6515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6516
6517 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6518
6519 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6520 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6521 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6522 and toggle command MODE.
6523
6524 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6525 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6526 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6527 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6528 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6529 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6530 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6531 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6532 used (see below).
6533
6534 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6535 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6536 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6537 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6538 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6539 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6540 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6541 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6542 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6543 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6544 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6545 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6546 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6547 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6548 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6549 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6550 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6551
6552 For example, you could write
6553 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6554 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6555 ...BODY CODE...)
6556
6557 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6558
6559 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6560
6561 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6562
6563 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6564 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6565 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6566 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6567 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6568 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6569 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6570 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6571 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6572 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6573 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6574 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6575
6576 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6577 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6578 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6579 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6580 call another major mode in their body.
6581
6582 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6583
6584 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6586 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6587 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6588 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6589 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6590 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6591
6592 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6593
6594 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6595 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6596 :inherit Parent keymap.
6597 :group Ignored.
6598 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6599 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6600
6601 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6602
6603 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6604 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6605 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6606 the constant's documentation.
6607
6608 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6609
6610 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6611 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6612 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6613
6614 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6615
6616 ;;;***
6617 \f
6618 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6619 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19279
6620 ;;;;;; 5149))
6621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6622
6623 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6624
6625 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6626 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6627
6628 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6629 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6630 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6631
6632 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6633 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6634
6635 :filter FUNCTION
6636
6637 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6638 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6639
6640 :visible INCLUDE
6641
6642 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6643 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6644
6645 :active ENABLE
6646
6647 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6648 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6649
6650 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6651
6652 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6653
6654 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6655
6656 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6657 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6658
6659 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6660 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6661
6662 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6663
6664 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6665
6666 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6667
6668 :keys KEYS
6669
6670 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6671 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6672 computed automatically.
6673 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6674
6675 :key-sequence KEYS
6676
6677 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6678 menu item.
6679 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6680 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6681 keyboard equivalent.
6682
6683 :active ENABLE
6684
6685 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6686 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6687
6688 :visible INCLUDE
6689
6690 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6691 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6692
6693 :label FORM
6694
6695 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6696 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6697
6698 :suffix FORM
6699
6700 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6701 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6702
6703 :style STYLE
6704
6705 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6706 defined:
6707
6708 toggle: A checkbox.
6709 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6710 radio: A radio button.
6711 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6712 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6713 menu bar itself.
6714 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6715
6716 :selected SELECTED
6717
6718 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6719 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6720
6721 :help HELP
6722
6723 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6724
6725 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6726 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6727 as a solid horizontal line.
6728
6729 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6730
6731 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6732
6733 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6734 Not documented
6735
6736 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6737
6738 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6739 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6740 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6741 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6742
6743 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6744
6745 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6746 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6747 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6748 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6749 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6750 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6751
6752 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6753 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6754 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6755
6756 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6757 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6758 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6759
6760 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6761 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6762
6763 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6764
6765 ;;;***
6766 \f
6767 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6769 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6770 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6771 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6772 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6773 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6774 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19279 5151))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6776
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Customization for ebnf group.
6779
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6781
6782 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6783 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6784
6785 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6786
6787 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6788 processed.
6789
6790 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6791
6792 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6793
6794 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6795 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6796
6797 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6798 killed after process termination.
6799
6800 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6801
6802 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6803
6804 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6805 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6806
6807 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6808 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6809 it to the printer.
6810
6811 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6812 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6813 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6814 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6815
6816 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6817
6818 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6819 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6820 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6821
6822 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6823
6824 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6825 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6826
6827 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6828
6829 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6830 processed.
6831
6832 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6833
6834 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6835
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6838
6839 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6840 killed after process termination.
6841
6842 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6843
6844 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6845
6846 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6847 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6848 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6849 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6850
6851 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6852
6853 \(fn)" t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6856 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6857 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6858
6859 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6860
6861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6862
6863 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6864 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6865
6866 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6867
6868 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6869 processed.
6870
6871 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6872
6873 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6874
6875 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6876 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6877
6878 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6879 killed after EPS generation.
6880
6881 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6882
6883 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6884
6885 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6886 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6887
6888 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6889 The EPS file name has the following form:
6890
6891 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6892
6893 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6894 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6895
6896 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6897 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6898 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6899 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6900 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6901
6902 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6903 files.
6904
6905 \(fn)" t nil)
6906
6907 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6909
6910 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6911 The EPS file name has the following form:
6912
6913 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6914
6915 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6916 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6917
6918 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6919 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6920 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6921 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6922 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6923
6924 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6925 files.
6926
6927 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6928
6929 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6930
6931 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6932 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6933
6934 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6935
6936 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6937 are processed.
6938
6939 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6940
6941 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6942
6943 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6944 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6945
6946 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6947 killed after syntax checking.
6948
6949 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6950
6951 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6952
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6955
6956 \(fn)" t nil)
6957
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6960
6961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6962
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6965
6966 \(fn)" nil nil)
6967
6968 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6969 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6970
6971 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6972
6973 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6974
6975 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6976 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6977
6978 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6979
6980 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6981
6982 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6983 Delete style NAME.
6984
6985 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6986
6987 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6988
6989 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6990 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6991
6992 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6993
6994 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6995
6996 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6997 Set STYLE as the current style.
6998
6999 Returns the old style symbol.
7000
7001 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7002
7003 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7004
7005 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7006 Reset current style.
7007
7008 Returns the old style symbol.
7009
7010 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7011
7012 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7013
7014 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7015 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7016
7017 Returns the old style symbol.
7018
7019 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7020
7021 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7022
7023 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7027
7028 Returns the old style symbol.
7029
7030 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7031
7032 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7033
7034 \(fn)" t nil)
7035
7036 ;;;***
7037 \f
7038 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7039 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7040 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7041 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7042 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7043 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7044 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7045 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7046 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7047 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7048 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19279
7049 ;;;;;; 5151))
7050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7051
7052 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7053 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7054 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7055 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7056 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7057 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7058
7059 Tree mode key bindings:
7060 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7061
7062 \(fn)" t nil)
7063
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7065 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7066
7067 \(fn)" t nil)
7068
7069 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7070 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7071
7072 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7073
7074 \(fn)" nil nil)
7075
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7077 View declaration of member at point.
7078
7079 \(fn)" t nil)
7080
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7082 Find declaration of member at point.
7083
7084 \(fn)" t nil)
7085
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7087 View definition of member at point.
7088
7089 \(fn)" t nil)
7090
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7092 Find definition of member at point.
7093
7094 \(fn)" t nil)
7095
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7097 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7098
7099 \(fn)" t nil)
7100
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7102 View definition of member at point in other window.
7103
7104 \(fn)" t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7107 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7108
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7112 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7113
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7117 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7118
7119 \(fn)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7122 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7123
7124 \(fn)" t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7127 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7128 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7129 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7130 completion.
7131
7132 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7133
7134 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7135 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7136 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7137 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7138
7139 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7142 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7143 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7144 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7145
7146 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7147
7148 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7149 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7150 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7151
7152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7153
7154 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7155 Search for call sites of a member.
7156 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7157 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7158 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7159 looks like a function call to the member.
7160
7161 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7164 Move backward in the position stack.
7165 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7166
7167 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7168
7169 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7170 Move forward in the position stack.
7171 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7172
7173 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7176 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7177
7178 \(fn)" t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7181 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7182
7183 \(fn)" t nil)
7184
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7186 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7187 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7188 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7189
7190 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7193 Display statistics for a class tree.
7194
7195 \(fn)" t nil)
7196
7197 ;;;***
7198 \f
7199 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7200 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7201 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7202
7203 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7204 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7205 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7206 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7207
7208 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7209 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7210 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7211
7212 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7213 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7214 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7215
7216 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7217
7218 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7219
7220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7221
7222 ;;;***
7223 \f
7224 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7225 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19279 5148))
7226 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7227
7228 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7229 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7230 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7231
7232 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7233
7234 ;;;***
7235 \f
7236 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7237 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7239
7240 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7241 Not documented
7242
7243 \(fn)" nil nil)
7244
7245 ;;;***
7246 \f
7247 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19323 49698))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7249
7250 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7251 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7252 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7255 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7256
7257 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7258
7259 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7260 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7261 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7262 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7263
7264 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7265 an EDE controlled project.
7266
7267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7268
7269 ;;;***
7270 \f
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7272 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7273 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19279 5149))
7274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7275
7276 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7277 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7278 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7279 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7280 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7281
7282 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7283 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7284 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7285 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7286
7287 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7288
7289 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7290 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7291 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7292 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7293
7294 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7295
7296 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7297 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7298 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7299 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7300
7301 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7302
7303 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7304
7305 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7306 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7307 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7308 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7309 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7310
7311 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7312 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7313 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7314 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7315 instrumented for Edebug.
7316
7317 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7318 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7319 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7320 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7321 already is one.)
7322
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7326 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7327
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7329
7330 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7331 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7332
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7334
7335 ;;;***
7336 \f
7337 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7338 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7339 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7340 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7341 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7342 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7343 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7344 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7345 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7346 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19279 5148))
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7348
7349 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7350 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7351
7352 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7355 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7356
7357 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7358
7359 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7360
7361 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7364 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7365 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7366 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7367
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7371 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7372 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7373 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7374
7375 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7378 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7379
7380 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7381
7382 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7385 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7386
7387 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7388
7389 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7390
7391 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7392 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7393 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7394 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7395
7396 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7397
7398 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7401 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7402 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7403 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7404
7405 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7406
7407 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7408
7409 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7410 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7411 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7412 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7413
7414 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7415
7416 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7417
7418 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7419 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7420 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7421 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7422
7423 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7424
7425 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7426
7427 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7428 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7429 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7430 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7431 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7432 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7433
7434 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7435
7436 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7437 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7438 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7439 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7440
7441 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7442
7443 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7444
7445 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7446 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7447 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7448 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7449
7450 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7451
7452 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7453
7454 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7455
7456 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7457 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7458 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7459 follows:
7460 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7461 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7462
7463 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7464
7465 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7466 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7467 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7468 follows:
7469 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7470 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7471
7472 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7475 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7476 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7477 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7478 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7479
7480 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7481
7482 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7483 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7484 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7485 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7486 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7487 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7488
7489 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7490
7491 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7492
7493 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7494 Merge two files without ancestor.
7495
7496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7497
7498 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7499 Merge two files with ancestor.
7500
7501 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7502
7503 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7506 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7507
7508 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7509
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7511 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7512
7513 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7514
7515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7516 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7517 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7518 buffer.
7519
7520 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7521
7522 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7523 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7524 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7525 buffer.
7526
7527 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7528
7529 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7530 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7531 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7532 and don't ask the user.
7533 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7534 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7535
7536 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7537
7538 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7539 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7540 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7541 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7542 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7543 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7544 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7545 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7546
7547 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7548
7549 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7550
7551 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7552
7553 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7554 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7555 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7556 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7557 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7558
7559 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7560
7561 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7562
7563 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7564 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7565 When called interactively, displays the version.
7566
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7570 Display Ediff's manual.
7571 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7572
7573 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7574
7575 ;;;***
7576 \f
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7580
7581 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7582 Not documented
7583
7584 \(fn)" t nil)
7585
7586 ;;;***
7587 \f
7588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7589 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7591
7592 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7593 Display Ediff's registry.
7594
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7596
7597 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7598
7599 ;;;***
7600 \f
7601 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7602 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19313 15414))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7604
7605 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7606 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7607 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7608 which see.
7609
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7611
7612 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7613 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7614 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7615 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7616
7617 \(fn)" t nil)
7618
7619 ;;;***
7620 \f
7621 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7622 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7625
7626 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7627 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7628 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7629
7630 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7631 Edit a keyboard macro.
7632 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7633 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7634 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7635 its command name.
7636 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7637
7638 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7639
7640 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7642
7643 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7644
7645 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7647
7648 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7649
7650 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7651 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7652 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7653 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7654 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7655 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7656
7657 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7658 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7659 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7660 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7661
7662 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7663
7664 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7665 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7666 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7667 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7668 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7669 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7670
7671 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7672
7673 ;;;***
7674 \f
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7676 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19281 39617))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7678
7679 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7680 Set scroll margins.
7681 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7682 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7683
7684 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7685
7686 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7687 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7688
7689 \(fn)" t nil)
7690
7691 ;;;***
7692 \f
7693 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7694 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
7695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7696
7697 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7698 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7699 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7700 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7701 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7702 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7703 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7704
7705 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7706 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7707
7708 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7709 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7710 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7711 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7712
7713 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7714 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7715 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7716
7717 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7718 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7719 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7720
7721 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7722
7723 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7724 Not documented
7725
7726 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7727
7728 ;;;***
7729 \f
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7731 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19279 5149))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7733
7734 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7735 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7736
7737 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7738
7739 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7740 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7741 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7742 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7743 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7744 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7745 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7746
7747 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7748
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7750
7751 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7752 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7753
7754 \(fn)" t nil)
7755
7756 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7757 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7758 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7759 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7760 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7761 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7762 arg list.
7763
7764 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7765 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7766 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7767 effect.
7768
7769 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7770 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7771
7772 ;;;***
7773 \f
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19279
7775 ;;;;;; 5148))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7777
7778 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7779 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7780
7781 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7782 an elided material again.
7783
7784 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7785
7786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7787
7788 ;;;***
7789 \f
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7791 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7792 ;;;;;; (19338 9840))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7794
7795 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7796 Lint the file FILE.
7797
7798 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7799
7800 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7801 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7802 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7803
7804 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7807 Lint the current buffer.
7808 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7809
7810 \(fn)" t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7813 Lint the function at point.
7814 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7815
7816 \(fn)" t nil)
7817
7818 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7819 Initialize elint.
7820 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7821 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7822
7823 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7824
7825 ;;;***
7826 \f
7827 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7828 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19279
7829 ;;;;;; 5149))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7831
7832 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7833 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7834 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7835
7836 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7837
7838 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7839 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7840 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7841 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7842
7843 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7844
7845 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7846 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7847 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7848
7849 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7850
7851 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7854 Display current profiling results.
7855 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7856 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7857 displayed.
7858
7859 \(fn)" t nil)
7860
7861 ;;;***
7862 \f
7863 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7864 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7866
7867 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7868 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7869 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7870
7871 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7872
7873 ;;;***
7874 \f
7875 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7876 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7877 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7878 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7879 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19256 49601))
7880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7881
7882 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7883 Run Emerge on two files.
7884
7885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7888 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7889
7890 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7891
7892 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7894
7895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7896
7897 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7898 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7899
7900 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7901
7902 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7903 Not documented
7904
7905 \(fn)" nil nil)
7906
7907 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7908 Not documented
7909
7910 \(fn)" nil nil)
7911
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7913 Not documented
7914
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7916
7917 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7918 Not documented
7919
7920 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7921
7922 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7924
7925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7926
7927 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7928 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7929
7930 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7931
7932 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7933 Not documented
7934
7935 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7936
7937 ;;;***
7938 \f
7939 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7940 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19279 5152))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7942
7943 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7944 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7945 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7946 text/enriched format.
7947 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7948
7949 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7950 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7951
7952 Commands:
7953
7954 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7955
7956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7959 Not documented
7960
7961 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7962
7963 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7964 Not documented
7965
7966 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7967
7968 ;;;***
7969 \f
7970 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7971 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7972 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7973 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7974 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7975 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19279
7976 ;;;;;; 5148))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7978
7979 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7980 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7981
7982 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7985 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7986
7987 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7988
7989 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7990 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7991 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7992 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7993 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7994 the keys are listed.
7995 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7996
7997 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7998
7999 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8000 Decrypt FILE.
8001
8002 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8005 Verify FILE.
8006
8007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8008
8009 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8010 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8011
8012 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8013
8014 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8015 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8016
8017 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8018
8019 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8020 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8021
8022 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8023 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8024 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8025 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8026 should consider using the string based counterpart
8027 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8028 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8029
8030 For example:
8031
8032 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8033 (decode-coding-string
8034 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8035 'utf-8))
8036
8037 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8040 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8041
8042 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8043 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8044
8045 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8046
8047 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8048 Verify the current region between START and END.
8049
8050 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8051 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8052 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8053 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8054 should consider using the string based counterpart
8055 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8056 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8057
8058 For example:
8059
8060 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8061 (decode-coding-string
8062 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8063 'utf-8))
8064
8065 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8066
8067 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8068 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8069 between START and END.
8070
8071 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8072 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8073
8074 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8075
8076 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8077 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8078
8079 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8080 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8081 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8082 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8083 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8084 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8085
8086 For example:
8087
8088 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8089 (epg-sign-string
8090 context
8091 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8092
8093 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8096 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8097
8098 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8099 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8100 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8101 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8102 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8103 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8104
8105 For example:
8106
8107 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8108 (epg-encrypt-string
8109 context
8110 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8111 nil))
8112
8113 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8114
8115 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8116 Delete selected KEYS.
8117
8118 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8119
8120 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8121 Import keys from FILE.
8122
8123 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8126 Import keys from the region.
8127
8128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8131 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8132 between START and END.
8133
8134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8137 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8138
8139 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8142 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8143
8144 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8145
8146 ;;;***
8147 \f
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8149 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19279 5148))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8151
8152 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8153 Decrypt marked files.
8154
8155 \(fn)" t nil)
8156
8157 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8158 Verify marked files.
8159
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8161
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8163 Sign marked files.
8164
8165 \(fn)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8168 Encrypt marked files.
8169
8170 \(fn)" t nil)
8171
8172 ;;;***
8173 \f
8174 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8175 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19279 5148))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8177
8178 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8179 Not documented
8180
8181 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8182
8183 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8184 Not documented
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8189 Not documented
8190
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8192
8193 ;;;***
8194 \f
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8196 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8197 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19279 5148))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8199
8200 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8201 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8202
8203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8206 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8207 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8208
8209 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8210
8211 \(fn)" t nil)
8212
8213 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8214 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8215 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8216
8217 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8218
8219 \(fn)" t nil)
8220
8221 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8222 Sign the current buffer.
8223 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8224
8225 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8226
8227 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8230 Encrypt the current buffer.
8231 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8232
8233 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8234
8235 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8236
8237 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8238 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8239 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8240
8241 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8242
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8244
8245 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8246 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8247 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8250 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8251
8252 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8253
8254 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8255 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8256
8257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8258
8259 ;;;***
8260 \f
8261 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19279 5148))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8263
8264 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8265 Return a context object.
8266
8267 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8268
8269 ;;;***
8270 \f
8271 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8272 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19356 10801))
8273 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8274
8275 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8276 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8277
8278 \(fn)" nil nil)
8279
8280 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8281 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8282
8283 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8284
8285 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8286 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8287
8288 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8289
8290 ;;;***
8291 \f
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8293 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19299 25154))
8294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8295
8296 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8297 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8298
8299 \(fn)" nil nil)
8300
8301 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8302 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8303 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8304
8305 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8306
8307 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8308 (server (erc-compute-server))
8309 (port (erc-compute-port))
8310 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8311 password
8312 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8313
8314 That is, if called with
8315
8316 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8317
8318 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8319 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8320 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8321
8322 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8323
8324 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8325
8326 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8327 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8328 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8329 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8330
8331 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8332
8333 ;;;***
8334 \f
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19279
8336 ;;;;;; 5150))
8337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8338 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8339
8340 ;;;***
8341 \f
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19279 5150))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8344 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8345
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19279 5150))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8350 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8351
8352 ;;;***
8353 \f
8354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19279 5150))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8356 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8357
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8361 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19279 5150))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8363 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8364
8365 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8366 Parser for /dcc command.
8367 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8368 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8369 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8370
8371 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8372
8373 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8374 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8375
8376 \(fn)" nil nil)
8377
8378 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8379 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8380
8381 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8382 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8383 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8384 that subcommand.
8385
8386 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8387
8388 ;;;***
8389 \f
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8391 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8392 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8393 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8394 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8396
8397 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8398 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8399
8400 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8401
8402 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8403 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8404 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8405 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8406
8407 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8410 Not documented
8411
8412 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8415 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8416
8417 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8418
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8420 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8421
8422 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8423
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8426
8427 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8431
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8433
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8436
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8438
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8441
8442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8443
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8446
8447 \(fn)" nil nil)
8448
8449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8450 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8451
8452 \(fn)" nil nil)
8453
8454 ;;;***
8455 \f
8456 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19279
8457 ;;;;;; 5150))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8459 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8460
8461 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8462 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8463 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8464
8465 \(fn)" nil nil)
8466
8467 ;;;***
8468 \f
8469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19279
8470 ;;;;;; 5150))
8471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8472 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8473
8474 ;;;***
8475 \f
8476 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8477 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19279 5150))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8479 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8480
8481 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8482 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8483 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8484 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8485 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8486 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8487 system.
8488
8489 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8492 Not documented
8493
8494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8495
8496 ;;;***
8497 \f
8498 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8499 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8501
8502 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8503 Not documented
8504
8505 \(fn)" nil nil)
8506
8507 ;;;***
8508 \f
8509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19279 5150))
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8511 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8512
8513 ;;;***
8514 \f
8515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19279 5150))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8517 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8518
8519 ;;;***
8520 \f
8521 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8522 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19279 5150))
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8524 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8525
8526 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8527 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8528 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8529 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8530 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8531 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8532
8533 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8534
8535 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8536 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8537 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8538 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8539
8540 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8541 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8542 automatically.
8543
8544 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8545 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8546
8547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8548
8549 ;;;***
8550 \f
8551 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8552 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8553 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8554 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8555 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8556 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8557
8558 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8559 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8560
8561 \(fn)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8564 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8565
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8567
8568 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8569 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8570
8571 \(fn)" t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8574 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8575
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8577
8578 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8579 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8580
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8584 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8585
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8587
8588 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8589 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8590
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8594 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8595
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8597
8598 ;;;***
8599 \f
8600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19279 5150))
8601 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8602 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8603
8604 ;;;***
8605 \f
8606 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8607 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8609 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8610
8611 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8612 Show who's gone.
8613
8614 \(fn)" nil nil)
8615
8616 ;;;***
8617 \f
8618 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8619 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19279 5150))
8620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8621
8622 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8623 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8624 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8625 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8626
8627 \(fn)" nil nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8630 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8631
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8633
8634 ;;;***
8635 \f
8636 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8637 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19279 5150))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8639 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8640
8641 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8642 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8643 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8644 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8645
8646 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8647
8648 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8649 Not documented
8650
8651 \(fn)" nil nil)
8652
8653 ;;;***
8654 \f
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19279 5150))
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8657 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8658
8659 ;;;***
8660 \f
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19279
8662 ;;;;;; 5150))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8664 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8665
8666 ;;;***
8667 \f
8668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19279 5150))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8671
8672 ;;;***
8673 \f
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19279 5150))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8677
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8681 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19313 15414))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8683 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8684
8685 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8686 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8687
8688 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8689
8690 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8691 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8692 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8693
8694 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8695
8696 ;;;***
8697 \f
8698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19279 5150))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8705 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8707
8708 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8709 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8710 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8711
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8713
8714 ;;;***
8715 \f
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19279
8717 ;;;;;; 5150))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8719 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8720
8721 ;;;***
8722 \f
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19279 5150))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8725 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8726
8727 ;;;***
8728 \f
8729 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8730 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8732
8733 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8734 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8735 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8736
8737 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8738
8739 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8740 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8741 mode line.
8742
8743 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8744 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8745 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8746
8747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8748 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8749
8750 ;;;***
8751 \f
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8753 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19279 5150))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8755 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8756
8757 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8758 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8759 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8760 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8761
8762 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8763
8764 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8765 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8766 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8767
8768 \(fn)" t nil)
8769
8770 ;;;***
8771 \f
8772 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8773 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8775 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8776
8777 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8778 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8779
8780 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8781
8782 ;;;***
8783 \f
8784 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19279
8785 ;;;;;; 5150))
8786 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8787
8788 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8789 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8790
8791 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8792
8793 \(fn)" nil nil)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19279
8798 ;;;;;; 5150))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8800
8801 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8802 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8803
8804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8805
8806 ;;;***
8807 \f
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8809 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19330 37505))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8811
8812 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8813 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8814 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8815 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8816 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8817 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8818 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8819 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8820 buffer selected (or created).
8821
8822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8823
8824 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8825 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8826 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8827
8828 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8829
8830 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8831 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8832 The result might be any Lisp object.
8833 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8834 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8835 corresponding to a successful execution.
8836
8837 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8838
8839 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8840
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8844 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8845 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8846 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8847 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8848 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8849 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8852
8853 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8854 *File name of tags table.
8855 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8856 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8857 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8858 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8859
8860 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8861 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8862 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8863 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8864
8865 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8866
8867 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8868 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8869 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8870 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8871 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8872 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8873
8874 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8875
8876 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8877 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8878 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8879 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8880 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8881 `auto-compression-mode').")
8882
8883 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8884
8885 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8886 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8887 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8888 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8889 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8890
8891 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8892
8893 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8894 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8895 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8896 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8897
8898 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8899
8900 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8901 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8902 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8903 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8904 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8905
8906 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8907
8908 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8909 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8910
8911 \(fn)" t nil)
8912
8913 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8914 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8915 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8916 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8917
8918 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8919 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8920 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8921 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8922 file the tag was in.
8923
8924 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8925
8926 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8927 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8928 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8929 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8930 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8931 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8932 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8933 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8934 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8935
8936 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8937
8938 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8939 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8940 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8941 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8942 without directory names.
8943
8944 \(fn)" nil nil)
8945
8946 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8947 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8948 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8949 but does not select the buffer.
8950 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8951
8952 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8953 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8954 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8955 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8956 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8957
8958 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8959
8960 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8961 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8962 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8963
8964 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8965
8966 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8970 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8971 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8972
8973 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8974 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8975 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8976 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8977 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8978
8979 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8980
8981 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8982 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8983 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8984
8985 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8986
8987 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8988 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8989
8990 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8991 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8992 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8993 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8994 around or before point.
8995
8996 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8997 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8998 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8999 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9000 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9001
9002 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9003
9004 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9005 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9006 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9007
9008 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9009
9010 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9011 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9012
9013 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9014 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9015 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9016 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9017 around or before point.
9018
9019 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9020 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9021 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9022 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9023 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9024
9025 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9026
9027 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9028 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9029 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9030
9031 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9032
9033 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9034 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9035
9036 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9037 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9038 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9039
9040 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9041 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9042 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9043 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9044 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9045
9046 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9047
9048 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9049 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9050 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9051
9052 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9053
9054 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9055 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9056 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9057
9058 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9059 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9060
9061 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9062 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9063 where they were found.
9064
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9066
9067 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9068 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9069
9070 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9071 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9072 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9073
9074 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9075 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9076
9077 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9078 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9079
9080 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9081
9082 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9083 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9084 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9085 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9086
9087 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9088 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9089 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9090 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9091 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9092
9093 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9094 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9095
9096 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9097 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9098 Stops when a match is found.
9099 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9100
9101 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9102
9103 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9104
9105 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9106 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9107 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9108 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9109 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9110 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9111 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9112 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9113
9114 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9115 produce the list of files to search.
9116
9117 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9118
9119 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9120
9121 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9122 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9123 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9124 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9125 directory specification.
9126
9127 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9128
9129 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9130 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9131
9132 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9133
9134 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9135 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9136 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9137 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9138
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9140
9141 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9142 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9143 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9144 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9145 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9146
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9152 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9153 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9154 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9155 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9156 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9157 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9158 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9160
9161 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9162 Not documented
9163
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9167 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9168
9169 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9170 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9171
9172 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9173 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9174 primary language.
9175
9176 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9177 even if the buffer is read-only.
9178
9179 See also the descriptions of the variables
9180 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9181
9182 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9183
9184 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9185 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9186
9187 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9188 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9189
9190 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9191 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9192 primary language.
9193
9194 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9195 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9196
9197 See also the descriptions of the variables
9198 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9199
9200 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9201
9202 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9203 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9204 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9205 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9206
9207 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9210 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9211 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9212 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9213
9214 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9215 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9216 primary language.
9217
9218 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9219 buffer is read-only.
9220
9221 See also the descriptions of the variables
9222 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9223 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9224
9225 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9226
9227 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9228 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9229
9230 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9231 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9232
9233 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9234 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9235 the primary language.
9236
9237 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9238 buffer is read-only.
9239
9240 See also the descriptions of the variables
9241 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9242 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9243
9244 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9245
9246 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9247 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9248 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9249
9250 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9251
9252 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9253 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9254
9255 \(fn)" t nil)
9256
9257 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9258 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9259
9260 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9261 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9262 be 1, 2, or 3.
9263
9264 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9265 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9266 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9267
9268 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9269
9270 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9271
9272 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9273 This function is deprecated.
9274
9275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9276
9277 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9279
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9281
9282 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9283 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9284
9285 \(fn)" t nil)
9286
9287 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9288 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9289
9290 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9291 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9292
9293 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9294 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9295
9296 \(fn)" nil nil)
9297
9298 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9299 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9300
9301 \(fn)" nil nil)
9302
9303 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9304 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9305
9306 \(fn)" nil nil)
9307
9308 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9309 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9310
9311 \(fn)" nil nil)
9312
9313 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9314 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9315 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9316
9317 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9318
9319 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9320 Not documented
9321
9322 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9323
9324 ;;;***
9325 \f
9326 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9327 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9328 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9330
9331 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9332 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9333 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9334 server for future sessions.
9335
9336 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9337
9338 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9339 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9340 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9341
9342 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9343
9344 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9345 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9346 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9347
9348 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9349
9350 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9351 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9352 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9353 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9354 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9355 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9356 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9357 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9358 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9359 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9360 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9361 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9362
9363 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9364
9365 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9366 Display a form to query the directory server.
9367 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9368 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9369
9370 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9371
9372 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9373 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9374 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9375
9376 \(fn)" t nil)
9377
9378 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9379
9380 ;;;***
9381 \f
9382 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9383 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9384 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19279 5151))
9385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9386
9387 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9388 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9389
9390 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9391
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display URL and make it clickable.
9394
9395 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9396
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9399
9400 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9401
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9404
9405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9406
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9409
9410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9411
9412 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9413 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9414
9415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9416
9417 ;;;***
9418 \f
9419 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9420 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19279 5151))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9422
9423 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9424 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9425 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9426
9427 \(fn)" t nil)
9428
9429 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9430 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9431
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9433
9434 ;;;***
9435 \f
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9437 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9439
9440 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9441 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9442
9443 \(fn)" t nil)
9444
9445 ;;;***
9446 \f
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19279
9448 ;;;;;; 5149))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9450
9451 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9452 Create an empty ewoc.
9453
9454 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9455
9456 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9457 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9458 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9459 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9460 `insert-before-markers'.
9461
9462 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9463 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9464 respectively, of the ewoc.
9465
9466 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9467 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9468 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9469
9470 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9471
9472 ;;;***
9473 \f
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9475 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9476 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9477 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9479
9480 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9481 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9482 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9483
9484 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9485
9486 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9487 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9488 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9489 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9490 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9491
9492 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9493
9494 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9495 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9496 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9497 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9498 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9499 executable.
9500
9501 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9504 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9505 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9506
9507 \(fn)" t nil)
9508
9509 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9510 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9511 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9512 file modes.
9513
9514 \(fn)" nil nil)
9515
9516 ;;;***
9517 \f
9518 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9519 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9520 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9522
9523 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9524 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9525 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9526 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9527
9528 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9529
9530 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9531 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9532 to generate such functions.
9533
9534 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9535 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9536 beginning of the expanded text.
9537
9538 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9539 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9540 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9541 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9542
9543 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9544
9545 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9546
9547 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9548 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9549 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9550
9551 \(fn)" nil nil)
9552
9553 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9554 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9555 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9556
9557 \(fn)" t nil)
9558
9559 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9560 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9561 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9562
9563 \(fn)" t nil)
9564 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9565 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9566
9567 ;;;***
9568 \f
9569 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19326 6129))
9570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9571
9572 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9573 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9574 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9575
9576 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9577 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9578 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9579
9580 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9581
9582 Key definitions:
9583 \\{f90-mode-map}
9584
9585 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9586
9587 `f90-do-indent'
9588 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9589 `f90-if-indent'
9590 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9591 `f90-type-indent'
9592 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9593 `f90-program-indent'
9594 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9595 (default 2).
9596 `f90-continuation-indent'
9597 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9598 `f90-comment-region'
9599 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9600 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9601 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9602 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9603 (default \"!\").
9604 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9605 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9606 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9607 `f90-break-delimiters'
9608 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9609 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9610 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9611 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9612 (default t).
9613 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9614 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9615 `f90-smart-end'
9616 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9617 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9618 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9619 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9620 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9621 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9622 `f90-leave-line-no'
9623 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9624
9625 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9626 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9627
9628 \(fn)" t nil)
9629
9630 ;;;***
9631 \f
9632 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9633 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9634 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9635 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19358
9636 ;;;;;; 54001))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9638
9639 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9640 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9641
9642 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9643 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9644
9645 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9646 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9647 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9648 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9649 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9650 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9651 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9652
9653 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9654 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9655 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9656
9657 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9658
9659 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9660 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9661
9662 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9663
9664 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9665 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9666 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9667 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9668 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9669 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9670
9671 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9672
9673 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9674 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9675 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9676
9677 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9678 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9679 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9680 the same amount).
9681
9682 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9683
9684 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9685 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9686 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9687
9688 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9689 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9690 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9691 will remove any scaling currently active.
9692
9693 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9694
9695 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9696 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9697 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9698
9699 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9700 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9701 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9702 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9703 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9704
9705 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9706 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9707
9708 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9709 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9710
9711 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9712 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9713 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9714
9715 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9716 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9717 is one of the above.
9718
9719 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9720 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9721 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9722 will remove any scaling currently active.
9723
9724 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9725 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9726 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9727 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9728 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9729
9730 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9731
9732 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9733 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9734 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9735 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9736
9737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9738
9739 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9740 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9741 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9742 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9743 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9744
9745 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9746 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9747
9748 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9749
9750 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9751 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9752 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9753 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9754
9755 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9756 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9757 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9758 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9759
9760 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9761 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9762
9763 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9766 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9767 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9768 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9769
9770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9771
9772 ;;;***
9773 \f
9774 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9775 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9776 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19256 49601))
9777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9778
9779 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9780 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9781 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9782 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9783
9784 \(fn)" nil nil)
9785
9786 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9787 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9788
9789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9792 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9793 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9794 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9795
9796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9797
9798 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9799 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9800 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9801 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9802 backup file names and the like).
9803
9804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9805
9806 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9807 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9808 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9809 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9810 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9811 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9812 internally by feedmail):
9813
9814 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9815 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9816 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9817 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9818
9819 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9820 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9821 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9822 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9823 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9824
9825 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9826
9827 ;;;***
9828 \f
9829 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9830 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19321 4517))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9832
9833 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9834 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9835 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9836 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9837 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9838 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9839 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9840
9841 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9844 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9845 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9846 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9847 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9848 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9849 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9850
9851 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9852
9853 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9854
9855 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9856 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9857 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9858 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9859 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9860 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9861
9862 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9865 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9866 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9867 Return value:
9868 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9869 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9870 * otherwise, nil
9871
9872 \(fn E)" t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9875 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9876 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9877
9878 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9879
9880 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9881 Try to get a file name at point.
9882 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9883
9884 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9885 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9886
9887 \(fn)" t nil)
9888
9889 ;;;***
9890 \f
9891 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9892 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9893 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9894 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19279 5148))
9895 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9896
9897 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9898 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9899 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9900 be added to the cache.
9901
9902 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9905 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9906 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9907 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9908 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9909
9910 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9911
9912 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9913 Add FILE to the file cache.
9914
9915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9916
9917 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9918 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9919 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9920
9921 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9922
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9924 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9925 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9926
9927 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9928
9929 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9930 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9931 This function does not use any external programs
9932 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9933 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9934 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9935
9936 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9939 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9940 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9941 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9942 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9943 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9944 \(directories) is done.
9945
9946 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9947
9948 ;;;***
9949 \f
9950 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9951 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9952 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9953 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9954 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19279 5148))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9956
9957 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9958 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9959
9960 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9961 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9962 Local Variables list.
9963
9964 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9965 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9966 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9967
9968 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9971 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9972
9973 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9974
9975 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9976 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9977
9978 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9979 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9980 the -*- line.
9981
9982 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9983 then this function adds it.
9984
9985 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9988 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9989
9990 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9993 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9994
9995 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9996
9997 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9998 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
9999
10000 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10001
10002 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10003 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10004
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10006
10007 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10008 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10009
10010 \(fn)" t nil)
10011
10012 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10013 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10014
10015 \(fn)" t nil)
10016
10017 ;;;***
10018 \f
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19279
10020 ;;;;;; 5148))
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10022
10023 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10024 Filesets initialization.
10025 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10026
10027 \(fn)" nil nil)
10028
10029 ;;;***
10030 \f
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19279 38446))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10033
10034 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10035 Initiate the building of a find command.
10036 For example:
10037
10038 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10039 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10040 (mtime \"+1\"))
10041 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10042
10043 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10044 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10045
10046 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10047
10048 ;;;***
10049 \f
10050 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10051 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10052 ;;;;;; (19375 49830))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10054
10055 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10056 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10057 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10058 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10059 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10060
10061 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10062
10063 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10064 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10065 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10066 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10067 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10068
10069 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10070
10071 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10072 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10073 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10074 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10075
10076 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10077
10078 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10079 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10080 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10081
10082 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10083
10084 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10085 as the final argument.
10086
10087 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10088
10089 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10090 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10091 and run dired on those files.
10092 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10093 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10094
10095 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10096
10097 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10098
10099 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10100 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10101 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10102
10103 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10104
10105 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10106
10107 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10108
10109 ;;;***
10110 \f
10111 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10112 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10113 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10115
10116 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10117 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10118 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10119 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10120 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10121 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10122 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10123
10124 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10125 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10126 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10127
10128 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10129
10130 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10131
10132 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10133
10134 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10135 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10136 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10137
10138 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10139 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10140
10141 Variables of interest include:
10142
10143 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10144 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10145 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10146
10147 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10148 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10149 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10150
10151 - `ff-ignore-include'
10152 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10153
10154 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10155 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10156
10157 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10158 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10159
10160 - `ff-special-constructs'
10161 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10162 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10163 extracting the filename from that construct.
10164
10165 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10166 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10167
10168 - `ff-search-directories'
10169 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10170 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10171
10172 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10173 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10174
10175 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10176 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10177
10178 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10179 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10180
10181 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10182 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10183
10184 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10185 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10186
10187 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10188
10189 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10190 Visit the file you click on.
10191
10192 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10193
10194 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10195 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10196
10197 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10198
10199 ;;;***
10200 \f
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10202 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10203 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10204 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10205 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10206 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10207 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19279 5149))
10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10209
10210 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10211 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10212 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10213
10214 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10215
10216 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10217 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10218 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10219 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10220
10221 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10222 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10223 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10224 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10225
10226 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10227
10228 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10229 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10230
10231 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10232 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10233 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10234 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10235
10236 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10237 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10238 in `load-path'.
10239
10240 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10241
10242 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10243 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10244
10245 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10246 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10247 places point before the definition.
10248 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10249
10250 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10251 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10252 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10253
10254 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10255
10256 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10257 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10258
10259 See `find-function' for more details.
10260
10261 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10264 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10265
10266 See `find-function' for more details.
10267
10268 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10269
10270 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10271 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10272
10273 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10274 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10275 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10276
10277 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10278 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10279
10280 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10281
10282 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10283 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10284
10285 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10286 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10287 places point before the definition.
10288
10289 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10290
10291 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10294
10295 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10296
10297 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10298 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10299
10300 See `find-variable' for more details.
10301
10302 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10303
10304 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10305 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10306
10307 See `find-variable' for more details.
10308
10309 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10312 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10313 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10314 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10315 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10316 buffer nor display it.
10317
10318 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10319 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10320
10321 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10322
10323 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10324 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10325
10326 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10327 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10328 places point before the definition.
10329
10330 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10331
10332 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10333 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10334 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10335
10336 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10337
10338 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10339 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10340 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10341
10342 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10343
10344 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10345 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10346
10347 \(fn)" t nil)
10348
10349 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10350 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10351
10352 \(fn)" t nil)
10353
10354 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10355 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10356
10357 \(fn)" nil nil)
10358
10359 ;;;***
10360 \f
10361 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10362 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19279 5148))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10364
10365 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10366 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10367
10368 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10371 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10372
10373 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10374
10375 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10376 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10377
10378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10379
10380 ;;;***
10381 \f
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10383 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19368 35187))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10385
10386 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10387 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10388
10389 \(fn)" t nil)
10390
10391 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10392 Display FILE's commentary section.
10393 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10394
10395 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10396
10397 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10398 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10399
10400 \(fn)" t nil)
10401
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10405 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19279 5148))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10407
10408 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10409 Toggle flow control handling.
10410 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10411 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10412
10413 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10414
10415 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10416 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10417 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10418 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10419 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10420 to get the effect of a C-q.
10421
10422 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10423
10424 ;;;***
10425 \f
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10427 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10429
10430 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10431 Not documented
10432
10433 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10434
10435 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10436 Not documented
10437
10438 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10439
10440 ;;;***
10441 \f
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10443 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19299 25155))
10444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10445
10446 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10447 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10448 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10449 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10450
10451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10454 Turn flymake mode on.
10455
10456 \(fn)" nil nil)
10457
10458 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10459 Turn flymake mode off.
10460
10461 \(fn)" nil nil)
10462
10463 ;;;***
10464 \f
10465 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10466 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10468
10469 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10470 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10471
10472 \(fn)" t nil)
10473 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10474
10475 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10476 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10477 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10478 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10479 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10480 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10481 otherwise turn it off.
10482
10483 Bindings:
10484 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10485 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10486 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10487 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10488
10489 Hooks:
10490 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10491
10492 Remark:
10493 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10494 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10495 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10496
10497 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10498 consider adding:
10499 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10500 in your .emacs file.
10501
10502 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10503 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10504
10505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10508 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10509
10510 \(fn)" nil nil)
10511
10512 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10513 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10514
10515 \(fn)" nil nil)
10516
10517 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10518 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10519
10520 \(fn)" nil nil)
10521
10522 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10523 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10524
10525 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10526
10527 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10528 Flyspell whole buffer.
10529
10530 \(fn)" t nil)
10531
10532 ;;;***
10533 \f
10534 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10535 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10536 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10538
10539 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10540 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10541
10542 \(fn)" nil nil)
10543
10544 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10545 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10546
10547 \(fn)" nil nil)
10548
10549 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10550 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10551
10552 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10553 of two major techniques:
10554
10555 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10556 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10557 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10558
10559 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10560 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10561 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10562 movement commands.
10563
10564 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10565 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10566 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10567 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10568 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10569 mileage may vary).
10570
10571 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10572 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10573
10574 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10575
10576 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10577 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10578 \(This is the default.)
10579
10580 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10581
10582 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10583 \\{follow-mode-map}
10584
10585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10588 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10589
10590 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10591 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10592 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10593 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10594 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10595 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10596
10597 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10598 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10599 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10600
10601 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10602 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10603 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10604
10605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10606
10607 ;;;***
10608 \f
10609 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19279
10610 ;;;;;; 5150))
10611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10612
10613 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10614 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10615 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10616 started, play around with the following keys:
10617 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10618
10619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10620
10621 ;;;***
10622 \f
10623 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10624 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19279 5148))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10626
10627 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10628 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10629
10630 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10631 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10632 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10633 C-c < forms-first-record <
10634 C-c > forms-last-record >
10635 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10636 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10637 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10638 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10639 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10640 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10641 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10642 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10643 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10644 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10645
10646 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10647
10648 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10649 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10650
10651 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10652
10653 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10654 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10655
10656 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10657
10658 ;;;***
10659 \f
10660 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10661 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
10662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10663
10664 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10665 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10666 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10667
10668 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10669 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10670
10671 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10672
10673 Key definitions:
10674 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10675
10676 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10677
10678 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10679 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10680 `fortran-do-indent'
10681 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10682 `fortran-if-indent'
10683 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10684 `fortran-structure-indent'
10685 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10686 (default 3)
10687 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10688 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10689 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10690 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10691 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10692 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10693 nil don't change the indentation
10694 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10695 value of either
10696 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10697 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10698 depending on the continuation format in use.
10699 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10700 indentation for a line of code.
10701 (default 'fixed)
10702 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10703 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10704 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10705 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10706 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10707 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10708 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10709 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10710 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10711 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10712 column 5.
10713 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10714 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10715 statements (default nil).
10716 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10717 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10718 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10719 `fortran-continuation-string'
10720 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10721 line (default \"$\").
10722 `fortran-comment-region'
10723 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10724 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10725 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10726 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10727 as typed (default t).
10728 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10729 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10730
10731 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10732 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10733
10734 \(fn)" t nil)
10735
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10739 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19279 5151))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10741
10742 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10743 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10744
10745 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10746 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10747
10748 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10749
10750 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10751 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10752
10753 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10754 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10755
10756 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10757
10758 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10759 Compile fortune file.
10760
10761 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10762 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10763
10764 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10765
10766 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10767 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10768
10769 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10770 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10771 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10772 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10773
10774 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10775
10776 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10777 Display a fortune cookie.
10778
10779 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10780 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10781 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10782 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10783
10784 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10785
10786 ;;;***
10787 \f
10788 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10789 ;;;;;; (19375 49830))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10791
10792 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10793 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10794
10795 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10796
10797 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10798 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10800 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10801
10802 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10803 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10804 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10805 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10806
10807 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10808 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10809 shown in some of the buffers.
10810
10811 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10812
10813 The following commands help control operation :
10814
10815 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10816 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10817
10818 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10819 detailed description of this mode.
10820
10821
10822 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10823 | GDB Toolbar |
10824 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10825 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10826 | | |
10827 | | |
10828 | | |
10829 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10830 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10831 | | (comint-mode) |
10832 | | |
10833 | | |
10834 | | |
10835 | | |
10836 | | |
10837 | | |
10838 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10839 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10840 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10841 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10842 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10843 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10844
10845 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10846
10847 ;;;***
10848 \f
10849 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10850 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19279
10851 ;;;;;; 5149))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10853
10854 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10855 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10856 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10857 instead (which see).")
10858
10859 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10860 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10861
10862 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10863 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10864 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10865 documentation string instead.
10866
10867 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10868 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10869 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10870 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10871 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10872 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10873 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10874 enders are actually possible.
10875
10876 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10877 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10878
10879 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10880 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10881 `font-lock-keywords'.
10882
10883 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10884 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10885 runs the macro expansion.
10886
10887 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10888 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10889 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10890
10891 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10892
10893 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10894
10895 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10896 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10897
10898 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10899
10900 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10901 Enter generic mode MODE.
10902
10903 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10904 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10905 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10906
10907 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10908 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10909
10910 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10913 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10914 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10915 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10916 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10917 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10918 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10919 `font-lock-keywords'.
10920
10921 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10922
10923 ;;;***
10924 \f
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10926 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10928
10929 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10930 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10931 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10932 at places they belong to.
10933
10934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10935
10936 ;;;***
10937 \f
10938 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10939 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10940 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
10941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10942
10943 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10944 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10945 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10946
10947 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10948
10949 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10950 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10951
10952 Guideline for numbers:
10953 1 - error messages
10954 3 - non-serious error messages
10955 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10956 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10957 9 - messages inside loops.
10958
10959 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10960
10961 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10962 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10963 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10964
10965 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10966
10967 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10968 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10969
10970 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10971
10972 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10973 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10974
10975 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10976 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10977 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10978 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10979 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10980 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10981
10982 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10983 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10984 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10985 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10986 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10987
10988 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10989
10990 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10991
10992 ;;;***
10993 \f
10994 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10995 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19279 5150))
10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10997 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
10998 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
10999
11000 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11001 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11002
11003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11006 Read network news.
11007 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11008 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11009 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11010 name of an NNTP server to use.
11011 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11012 server.
11013
11014 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11015
11016 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11017 Read news as a slave.
11018
11019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11020
11021 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11022 Pop up a frame to read news.
11023 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11024 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11025 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11026 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11027 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11028 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11029 current display is used.
11030
11031 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11032
11033 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11034 Read network news.
11035 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11036 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11037 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11038
11039 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11040
11041 ;;;***
11042 \f
11043 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11044 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11045 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11046 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11047 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11048 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19368 35187))
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11050
11051 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11052 Start Gnus unplugged.
11053
11054 \(fn)" t nil)
11055
11056 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11057 Start Gnus plugged.
11058
11059 \(fn)" t nil)
11060
11061 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11062 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11063
11064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11065
11066 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11067 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11068
11069 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11070 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11071 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11072
11073 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11074 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11075 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11076
11077 \(fn)" t nil)
11078
11079 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11080 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11081
11082 \(fn)" nil nil)
11083
11084 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11085 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11086 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11087 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11088 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11089 supported.
11090
11091 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11092
11093 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11094 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11095 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11096 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11097 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11098 supported.
11099
11100 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11101
11102 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11103 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11104
11105 \(fn)" nil nil)
11106
11107 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11108 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11109 downloaded into the agent.
11110
11111 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11112
11113 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11114 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11115 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11116 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11117
11118 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11119
11120 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11121 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11122
11123 \(fn)" t nil)
11124
11125 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11126 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11127
11128 \(fn)" t nil)
11129
11130 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11131 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11132 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11133
11134 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11135
11136 ;;;***
11137 \f
11138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11139 ;;;;;; (19368 35187))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11141
11142 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11143 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11144
11145 \(fn)" nil nil)
11146
11147 ;;;***
11148 \f
11149 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11150 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11152
11153 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11154 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11155
11156 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11157
11158 ;;;***
11159 \f
11160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11161 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19279 5150))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11163
11164 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11165 Set a bookmark for this article.
11166
11167 \(fn)" t nil)
11168
11169 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11170 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11171
11172 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11173
11174 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11175 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11176 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11177 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11178 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11179
11180 \(fn)" t nil)
11181
11182 ;;;***
11183 \f
11184 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11185 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11186 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19279
11187 ;;;;;; 5150))
11188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11189
11190 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11191 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11192
11193 Usage:
11194 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11195
11196 \(fn)" t nil)
11197
11198 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11199 Generate the cache active file.
11200
11201 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11202
11203 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11204 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11205
11206 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11207
11208 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11209 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11210 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11211 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11212 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11213 supported.
11214
11215 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11216
11217 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11218 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11219 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11220 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11221 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11222 supported.
11223
11224 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11225
11226 ;;;***
11227 \f
11228 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11229 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19279 5150))
11230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11231
11232 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11233 Delay this article by some time.
11234 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11235
11236 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11237 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11238
11239 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11240 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11241
11242 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11243 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11244
11245 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11246
11247 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11248 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11249
11250 \(fn)" t nil)
11251
11252 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11253 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11254 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11255 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11256
11257 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11258 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11259
11260 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11261
11262 ;;;***
11263 \f
11264 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11265 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19279 38446))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11267
11268 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11269 Not documented
11270
11271 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11272
11273 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11274 Not documented
11275
11276 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11277
11278 ;;;***
11279 \f
11280 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11281 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11283
11284 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11285 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11286
11287 \(fn)" t nil)
11288
11289 ;;;***
11290 \f
11291 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11292 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11294
11295 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11296 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11297
11298 \(fn)" t nil)
11299
11300 ;;;***
11301 \f
11302 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11303 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11304 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19279
11305 ;;;;;; 5150))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11307
11308 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11309 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11310
11311 \(fn)" t nil)
11312
11313 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11314 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11315
11316 \(fn)" t nil)
11317
11318 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11319 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11320
11321 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11322 different input formats.
11323
11324 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11325
11326 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11327 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11328
11329 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11330 different input formats.
11331
11332 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11333
11334 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11335 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11336 The PNG is returned as a string.
11337
11338 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11339
11340 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11341 Convert FILE to a Face.
11342 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11343 726 bytes.
11344
11345 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11346
11347 ;;;***
11348 \f
11349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11350 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19279 5150))
11351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11352
11353 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11354 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11355 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11356 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11357
11358 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11359
11360 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11361 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11362
11363 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11364
11365 ;;;***
11366 \f
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11368 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11370
11371 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11372
11373 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11374 Run batched scoring.
11375 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11376
11377 \(fn)" t nil)
11378
11379 ;;;***
11380 \f
11381 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11382 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11383 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11385
11386 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11387 Not documented
11388
11389 \(fn)" nil nil)
11390
11391 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11392 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11393 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11394
11395 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11396
11397 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11398 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11399
11400 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11401
11402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11403
11404 ;;;***
11405 \f
11406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11407 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11408 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11410
11411 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11412 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11413 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11414 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11415 group parameters.
11416
11417 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11418 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11419 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11420 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11421
11422 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11423 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11424 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11425 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11426 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11427 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11428 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11429 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11430 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11431 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11432
11433 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11434
11435 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11436 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11437 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11438 nil CATCH-ALL).
11439
11440 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11441 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11442
11443 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11444
11445 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11446 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11447 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11448
11449 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11450
11451 \(fn)" nil nil)
11452
11453 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11454 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11455 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11456
11457 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11458
11459 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11460 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11461 existing groups are considered.
11462
11463 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11464 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11465 returned.
11466
11467 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11468 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11469 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11470 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11471 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11472 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11473 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11474 clauses will be generated.
11475
11476 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11477 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11478 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11479 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11480 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11481 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11482
11483 For example, given the following group parameters:
11484
11485 nnml:mail.bar:
11486 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11487 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11488 nnml:mail.foo:
11489 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11490 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11491 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11492 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11493 nnml:mail.others:
11494 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11495
11496 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11497
11498 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11499 \"mail.bar\")
11500 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11501 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11502 \"mail.others\")
11503
11504 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11505
11506 ;;;***
11507 \f
11508 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11509 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11511
11512 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11513 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11514 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11515
11516 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11517
11518 ;;;***
11519 \f
11520 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11521 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19279 5150))
11522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11523
11524 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11525 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11526 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11527 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11528
11529 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11530
11531 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11532 Mail to ADDRESS.
11533
11534 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11535
11536 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11537 Like `message-reply'.
11538
11539 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11540
11541 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11542
11543 ;;;***
11544 \f
11545 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11546 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19279 5150))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11548
11549 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11550 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11551
11552 \(fn)" t nil)
11553
11554 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11555 Load the NoCeM cache.
11556
11557 \(fn)" t nil)
11558
11559 ;;;***
11560 \f
11561 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11562 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11563 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11565
11566 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11567 Display picons in the From header.
11568 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11569
11570 \(fn)" t nil)
11571
11572 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11573 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11574 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11575
11576 \(fn)" t nil)
11577
11578 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11579 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11580 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11581
11582 \(fn)" t nil)
11583
11584 ;;;***
11585 \f
11586 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11587 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11588 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11589 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11590 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19279 5150))
11591 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11592
11593 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11594 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11595 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11596 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11597
11598 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11599
11600 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11601 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11602 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11603 LIST1 is modified.
11604
11605 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11606
11607 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11608 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11609 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11610
11611 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11612
11613 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11614 Not documented
11615
11616 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11617
11618 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11619 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11620 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11621
11622 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11623
11624 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11625 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11626 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11627
11628 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11629
11630 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11631
11632 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11633 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11634 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11635
11636 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11637
11638 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11639 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11640 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11641
11642 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11643
11644 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11645 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11646 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11647
11648 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11649
11650 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11651 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11652
11653 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11654
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11658 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19368 35187))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11660
11661 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11662 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11663
11664 \(fn)" t nil)
11665
11666 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11667 Install the registry hooks.
11668
11669 \(fn)" t nil)
11670
11671 ;;;***
11672 \f
11673 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11674 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19279
11675 ;;;;;; 5150))
11676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11677
11678 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11679 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11680 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11681 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11682 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11683 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11684
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11688 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11689 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11690 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11691 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11692
11693 \(fn)" t nil)
11694
11695 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11696 Not documented
11697
11698 \(fn)" t nil)
11699
11700 ;;;***
11701 \f
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11703 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11705
11706 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11707 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11708 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11709 for matching on group names.
11710
11711 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11712 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11713
11714 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11715
11716 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11717
11718 \(fn)" t nil)
11719
11720 ;;;***
11721 \f
11722 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11723 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11725
11726 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11727 Update the format specification near point.
11728
11729 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11730
11731 ;;;***
11732 \f
11733 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11734 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19279
11735 ;;;;;; 5150))
11736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11737
11738 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11739 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11740
11741 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11742
11743 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11744 Not documented
11745
11746 \(fn)" nil nil)
11747
11748 ;;;***
11749 \f
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11751 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11755 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11756
11757 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11758
11759 ;;;***
11760 \f
11761 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19279 5151))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11763
11764 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11765 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11766
11767 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11768 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11769 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11770
11771 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11772 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11773 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11774
11775 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11776 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11777
11778 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11779 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11780
11781 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11782
11783 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11784
11785 ;;;***
11786 \f
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11788 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19356
11789 ;;;;;; 10801))
11790 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11791
11792 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11793
11794 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11795 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11796 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11797 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11798 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11799
11800 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11801
11802 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11803 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11804 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11805 or to send e-mail.
11806 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11807 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11808
11809 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11810 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11811
11812 \(fn)" t nil)
11813 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11814
11815 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11816 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11817
11818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11819
11820 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11821 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11822
11823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11824
11825 ;;;***
11826 \f
11827 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11828 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11829 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19304 5068))
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11831
11832 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11833 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11834
11835 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11836
11837 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11838 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11839 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11840 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11841 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11842
11843 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11844 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11845 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11846
11847 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11848
11849 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11850 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11851 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11852 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11853 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11854
11855 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11856
11857 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11858 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11859
11860 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11861
11862 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11863 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11864
11865 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11866 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11867 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11868
11869 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11870 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11871 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11872
11873 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11874 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11875 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11876 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11877
11878 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11879 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11880 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11881 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11882 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11883
11884 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11885
11886 (defvar grep-history nil)
11887
11888 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11889
11890 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11891 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11892 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11893
11894 \(fn)" nil nil)
11895
11896 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11897 Not documented
11898
11899 \(fn)" nil nil)
11900
11901 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11902 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11903
11904 \(fn)" nil nil)
11905
11906 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11907 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11908 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11909 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11910 found matches.
11911
11912 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11913 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11914
11915 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11916 can easily repeat a grep command.
11917
11918 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11919 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11920 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11921 list is empty).
11922
11923 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11924
11925 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11926 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11927 Collect output in a buffer.
11928 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11929 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11930
11931 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11932 easily repeat a find command.
11933
11934 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11935
11936 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11937
11938 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11939 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11940 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11941 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11942 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11943
11944 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11945 before it is executed.
11946 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11947
11948 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11949 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11950 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11951
11952 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11953
11954 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11955
11956 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11957 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11958 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11959 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11960 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11961
11962 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11963 before it is executed.
11964 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11965
11966 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11967 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11968 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11969
11970 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11971
11972 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11973
11974 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11975 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11976 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11977 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11978
11979 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11980
11981 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11982
11983 ;;;***
11984 \f
11985 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19279 5148))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11987
11988 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11989 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11990 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11991 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11992 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11993
11994 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11995
11996 ;;;***
11997 \f
11998 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
11999 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19374 384))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12001
12002 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12003 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12004 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12005 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12006
12007 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12008
12009 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12010 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12011 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12012 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12013
12014 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12015
12016 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12017 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12018 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12019 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12020
12021 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12022
12023 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12024 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12025 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12026 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12027
12028 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12029 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12030
12031 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12034 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12035 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12036 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12037
12038 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12041 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12042 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12043 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12044
12045 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12046
12047 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12048 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12049 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12050 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12051 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12052
12053 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12054 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12055 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12056 original source file access method.
12057
12058 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12059 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12060
12061 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12062 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12063
12064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12065
12066 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12067 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12068
12069 \(fn)" t nil)
12070
12071 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12072 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12073 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12075 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12076 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12077
12078 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12079
12080 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12081 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12082
12083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12084
12085 ;;;***
12086 \f
12087 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19279
12088 ;;;;;; 5151))
12089 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12090
12091 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12092 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12093 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12094 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12095
12096 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12097 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12098 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12099 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12100
12101 \(fn)" t nil)
12102
12103 ;;;***
12104 \f
12105 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12106 ;;;;;; (19256 49601))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12108
12109 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12110 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12111
12112 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12113
12114 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12115 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12116 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12117 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12118
12119 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12120
12121 \(fn)" t nil)
12122
12123 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12124 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12125 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12126 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12127 to be updated.
12128
12129 \(fn)" t nil)
12130
12131 ;;;***
12132 \f
12133 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12134 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12135 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19365 25156))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12137
12138 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12139 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12140
12141 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12142
12143 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12144 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12145 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12146
12147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12150 Verify a hashcash payment
12151
12152 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12153
12154 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12155 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12156 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12157 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12158 `mail-add-payment-async').
12159
12160 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12161
12162 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12163 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12164 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12165 Calculation is asynchronous.
12166
12167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12170 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12171 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12172
12173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12174
12175 ;;;***
12176 \f
12177 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12178 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12179 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12180 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19279 5148))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12182
12183 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12184 Return the help-echo string at point.
12185 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12186 property, or nil, is returned.
12187 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12188 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12189 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12190
12191 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12192
12193 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12194 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12195 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12196 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12197 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12198
12199 \(fn)" nil nil)
12200
12201 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12202 Display local help in the echo area.
12203 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12204 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12205 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12206 printed instead.
12207
12208 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12209 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12210 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12211
12212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12213
12214 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12215 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12216 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12217
12218 \(fn)" t nil)
12219
12220 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12221 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12222 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12223
12224 \(fn)" t nil)
12225
12226 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12227 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12228 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12229 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12230 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12231 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12232 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12233 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12234 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12235 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12236 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12237
12238 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12239 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12240 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12241 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12242 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12243
12244 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12245 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12246 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12247 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12248 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12249 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12250 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12251 The default is `never'.")
12252
12253 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12254
12255 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12256 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12257 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12258 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12259 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12260 considered different regions.
12261
12262 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12263 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12264 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12265 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12266 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12267 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12268 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12269 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12270 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12271
12272 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12273
12274 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12275 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12276 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12277 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12278 different regions.
12279
12280 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12281 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12282 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12283 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12284 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12285 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12286 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12287 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12288
12289 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12290 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12291 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12292 rarely happens in practice.
12293
12294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12295
12296 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12297 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12298 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12299 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12300 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12301 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12302
12303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12304
12305 ;;;***
12306 \f
12307 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12308 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12309 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12310 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12311 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12312
12313 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12314 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12315
12316 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12317
12318 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12319 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12320 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12321
12322 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12323
12324 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12325 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12326 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12327 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12328 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12329 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12330 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12331 search for a function definition.
12332
12333 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12334 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12335 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12336 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12337 suitable file is found, return nil.
12338
12339 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12340
12341 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12342 Not documented
12343
12344 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12345
12346 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12347 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12348 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12349 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12350
12351 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12352
12353 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12354 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12355 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12356 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12357 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12358 it is displayed along with the global value.
12359
12360 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12361
12362 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12363 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12364 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12365 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12366
12367 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12368
12369 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12370 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12371 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12372 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12373 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12374
12375 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12376
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12380 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12382
12383 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12384 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12385 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12386 window listing and describing the options.
12387 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12388 gives the window that lists the options.")
12389
12390 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12391
12392 ;;;***
12393 \f
12394 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12395 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12396 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19279
12397 ;;;;;; 5148))
12398 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12399
12400 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12401 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12402 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12403 Commands:
12404 \\{help-mode-map}
12405
12406 \(fn)" t nil)
12407
12408 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12409 Not documented
12410
12411 \(fn)" nil nil)
12412
12413 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12414 Not documented
12415
12416 \(fn)" nil nil)
12417
12418 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12419 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12420
12421 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12422 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12423 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12424 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12425
12426 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12427 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12428 restore it properly when going back.
12429
12430 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12431
12432 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12433 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12434 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12435 current buffer.
12436 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12437 exists, it is created.
12438
12439 \(fn)" nil nil)
12440
12441 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12442 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12443
12444 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12445 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12446 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12447 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12448 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12449 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12450 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12451 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12452
12453 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12454 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12455 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12456 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12457
12458 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12459 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12460 that.
12461
12462 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12463
12464 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12465 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12466 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12467 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12468 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12469 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12470
12471 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12472
12473 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12474 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12475 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12476 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12477 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12478
12479 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12480
12481 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12482 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12483
12484 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12485
12486 ;;;***
12487 \f
12488 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12489 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19279 5149))
12490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12491
12492 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12493 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12494
12495 \(fn)" t nil)
12496
12497 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12498 Provide help for current mode.
12499
12500 \(fn)" t nil)
12501
12502 ;;;***
12503 \f
12504 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12505 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19279 38446))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12507
12508 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12509 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12510 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12511 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12512 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12513
12514 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12515 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12516
12517 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12518 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12519 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12520 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12521
12522 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12523 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12524 periods.
12525
12526 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12527 in hexl format.
12528
12529 A sample format:
12530
12531 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12532 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12533 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12534 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12535 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12536 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12537 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12538 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12539 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12540 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12541 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12542 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12543 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12544 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12545 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12546
12547 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12548 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12549 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12550
12551 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12552 also supported.
12553
12554 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12555
12556 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12557 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12558 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12559
12560 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12561 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12562 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12563
12564 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12565 into the buffer at the current point.
12566
12567 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12568 into the buffer at the current point.
12569
12570 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12571 into the buffer at the current point.
12572
12573 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12574
12575 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12576 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12577
12578 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12579
12580 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12581
12582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12583
12584 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12585 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12586 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12587 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12588
12589 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12590
12591 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12592 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12593 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12594
12595 \(fn)" t nil)
12596
12597 ;;;***
12598 \f
12599 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12600 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12601 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12602 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12604
12605 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12606 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12607
12608 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12609 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12610 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12611 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12612 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12613 called interactively, are:
12614
12615 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12616 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12617
12618 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12619 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12620 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12621 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12622
12623 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12624 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12625
12626 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12627 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12628
12629 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12630 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12631 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12632 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12633 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12634 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12635 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12636 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12637 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12638 function returns t.
12639
12640 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12641 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12642
12643 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12644 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12645 form:
12646 Hi-lock: FOO
12647 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12648 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12649 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12650 Patterns will be read until
12651 Hi-lock: end
12652 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12653
12654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12655
12656 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12657 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12658 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12661 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12662
12663 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12664
12665 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12666 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12667 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12668 ARG is positive.
12669 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12670 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12671 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12672
12673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12674
12675 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12676
12677 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12678 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12679
12680 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12681 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12682 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12683 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12684 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12685
12686 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12687
12688 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12689
12690 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12691 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12692
12693 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12694 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12695 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12696 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12697 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12698
12699 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12700
12701 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12702
12703 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12704 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12705
12706 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12707 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12708
12709 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12710
12711 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12712
12713 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12714 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12715
12716 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12717 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12718 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12719 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12720 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12721
12722 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12723
12724 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12725 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12726
12727 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12728 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12729 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12730
12731 \(fn)" t nil)
12732
12733 ;;;***
12734 \f
12735 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12736 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12738
12739 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12740 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12741 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12742 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12743 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12744 how the hiding is done:
12745
12746 `hide-ifdef-env'
12747 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12748 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12749 is used.
12750
12751 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12752 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12753 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12754 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12755 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12756
12757 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12758 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12759 #endif lines when hiding.
12760
12761 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12762 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12763 is activated.
12764
12765 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12766 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12767 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12768
12769 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12770
12771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12772
12773 ;;;***
12774 \f
12775 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12776 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12778
12779 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12780 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12781 Each element has the form
12782 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12783
12784 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12785 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12786
12787 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12788 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12789
12790 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12791 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12792 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12793 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12794 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12795 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12796
12797 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12798 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12799
12800 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12801 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12802
12803 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12804 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12805 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12806
12807 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12808 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12809 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12810 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12811 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12812
12813 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12814 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12815 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12816
12817 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12818 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12819
12820 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12821
12822 Key bindings:
12823 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12824
12825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12828 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12829
12830 \(fn)" nil nil)
12831
12832 ;;;***
12833 \f
12834 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12835 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12836 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12837 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19279
12839 ;;;;;; 5148))
12840 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12841
12842 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12843 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12844
12845 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12846
12847 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12848 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12849 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12850 on and off.
12851
12852 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12853 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12854 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12855 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12856 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12857 through various faces.
12858 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12859 buffer with the contents of a file
12860 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12861
12862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12863
12864 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12865 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12866
12867 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12868 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12869 in a distinctive face.
12870
12871 The default value can be customized with variable
12872 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12873
12874 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12875
12876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12877
12878 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12879 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12880 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12881
12882 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12883
12884 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12885 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12886
12887 \(fn)" t nil)
12888
12889 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12890 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12891
12892 \(fn)" t nil)
12893
12894 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12895 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12896
12897 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12898 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12899 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12900 shown in the last face in the list.
12901
12902 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12903 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12904 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12905
12906 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12907
12908 \(fn)" t nil)
12909
12910 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12911 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12912
12913 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12914
12915 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12916 to save the file.
12917
12918 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12919 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12920
12921 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12922 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12923 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12924
12925 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12926
12927 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12928 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12929
12930 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12931 this function is called interactively.
12932
12933 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12934 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12935 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12936
12937 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12938 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12939 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12940
12941 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12942
12943 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12944 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12945 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12947 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12948 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12949
12950 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12951
12952 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12953 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12954 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12955 ARG is positive.
12956 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12957 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12958 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12959
12960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12961
12962 ;;;***
12963 \f
12964 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12965 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12966 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12967 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12968 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19279 5148))
12969 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12970
12971 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12972 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12973 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12974 or insert functions in this list.")
12975
12976 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12977
12978 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12979 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12980
12981 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12982
12983 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12984 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12985
12986 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12987
12988 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12989 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12990
12991 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
12992
12993 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12994 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12995
12996 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
12997
12998 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12999 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13000 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13001
13002 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13003
13004 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13005 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13006 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13007 \(as atoms)")
13008
13009 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13010
13011 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13012 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13013 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13014 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13015 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13016
13017 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13018
13019 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13020 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13021 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13022 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13023 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13024 expansions.
13025 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13026 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13027 undoes the expansion.
13028
13029 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13030
13031 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13032 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13033 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13034 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13035
13036 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13037
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13041 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13043
13044 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13045 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13046 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13047
13048 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13049 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13050 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13051 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13052 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13053
13054 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13055 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13056 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13057 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13058
13059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13060
13061 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13062 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13063 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13064 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13065 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13066 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13067
13068 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13069
13070 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13071 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13072 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13073
13074 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13075 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13076
13077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13078
13079 ;;;***
13080 \f
13081 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13082 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13083 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13084 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13085 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19279 5149))
13086 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13087
13088 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13089 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13090 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13091
13092 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13093
13094 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13095
13096 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13097
13098 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13099 Oriental holidays.
13100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13101
13102 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13103
13104 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13105
13106 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13107
13108 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13109 Local holidays.
13110 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13111
13112 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13113
13114 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13115
13116 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13117
13118 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13119 User defined holidays.
13120 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13121
13122 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13123
13124 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13125
13126 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13127
13128 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13129 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13130
13131 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13132
13133 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13134 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13135
13136 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13137
13138 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13139 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13140
13141 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13142
13143 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13144 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13145
13146 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13147
13148 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13149 Jewish holidays.
13150 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13151
13152 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13153
13154 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13155
13156 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13157
13158 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13159 Christian holidays.
13160 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13161
13162 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13163
13164 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13165
13166 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13167
13168 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13169 Islamic holidays.
13170 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13171
13172 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13173
13174 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13175
13176 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13177
13178 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13179 Baha'i holidays.
13180 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13181
13182 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13183
13184 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13185
13186 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13187
13188 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13189 Sun-related holidays.
13190 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13191
13192 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13193
13194 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13195
13196 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13197
13198 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13199
13200 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13201 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13202 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13203 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13204
13205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13206
13207 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13208 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13209 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13210 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13211 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13212
13213 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13214 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13215
13216 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13217 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13218
13219 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13220 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13221 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13222 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13223 of a holiday list.
13224
13225 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13226
13227 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13228
13229 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13230
13231 ;;;***
13232 \f
13233 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19279
13234 ;;;;;; 5150))
13235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13236
13237 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13238 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13239
13240 \(fn)" t nil)
13241
13242 ;;;***
13243 \f
13244 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13245 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19279
13246 ;;;;;; 5148))
13247 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13248
13249 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13250 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13251
13252 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13253 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13254 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13255
13256 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13257 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13258 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13259 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13260 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13261 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13262
13263 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13264 title of the column.
13265
13266 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13267 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13268 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13269 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13270 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13271
13272 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13273
13274 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13275 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13276 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13277 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13278 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13279
13280 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13281 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13282 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13283
13284 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13285
13286 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13287 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13288 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13289 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13290 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13291 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13292
13293 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13294 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13295 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13296 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13297 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13298 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13299 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13300 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13301 values are:
13302 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13303 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13304 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13305 buffer's modification flag.
13306 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13307 prompted before performing this operation.
13308 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13309 operation is complete, in the form:
13310 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13311 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13312 confirmation message, in the form:
13313 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13314 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13315 macro for exactly what it does.
13316
13317 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13318
13319 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13320 Define a filter named NAME.
13321 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13322 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13323 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13324
13325 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13326 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13327 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13328 bound to the current value of the filter.
13329
13330 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13331
13332 ;;;***
13333 \f
13334 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13335 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19279 5148))
13336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13337
13338 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13339 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13340 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13341 buffers which are visiting a file.
13342
13343 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13344
13345 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13346 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13347 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13348 buffers which are visiting a file.
13349
13350 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13351
13352 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13353 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13354 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13355
13356 All arguments are optional.
13357 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13358 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13359 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13360 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13361 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13362 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13363 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13364 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13365 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13366 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13367 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13368 that value locally in this buffer.
13369
13370 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13371
13372 ;;;***
13373 \f
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13375 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13376 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19338 9840))
13377 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13378
13379 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13380 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13381 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13382 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13383
13384 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13385
13386 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13387 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13388 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13389 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13390 ICAL-FILENAME.
13391 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13392 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13393 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13394
13395 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13396
13397 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13398 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13399 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13400 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13401 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13402 non-marking or not.
13403
13404 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13405
13406 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13407 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13408
13409 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13410 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13411 DIARY-FILE.
13412
13413 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13414 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13415 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13416
13417 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13418 non-marking.
13419
13420 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13421 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13422 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13423
13424 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13425
13426 ;;;***
13427 \f
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19279
13429 ;;;;;; 5148))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13431
13432 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13433 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13434 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13435 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13436 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13437 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13438
13439 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13440
13441 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13442 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13443 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13444 otherwise turn it off.
13445
13446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13447
13448 ;;;***
13449 \f
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19279 5151))
13451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13452
13453 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13454 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13455 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13456 Tab indents for Icon code.
13457 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13458 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13459 \\{icon-mode-map}
13460 Variables controlling indentation style:
13461 icon-tab-always-indent
13462 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13463 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13464 icon-auto-newline
13465 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13466 inserted in Icon code.
13467 icon-indent-level
13468 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13469 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13470 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13471 icon-continued-statement-offset
13472 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13473 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13474 icon-continued-brace-offset
13475 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13476 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13477 icon-brace-offset
13478 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13479 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13480 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13481 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13482
13483 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13484 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13485
13486 \(fn)" t nil)
13487
13488 ;;;***
13489 \f
13490 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13491 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
13492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13493
13494 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13495 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13496 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13497 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13498
13499 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13500 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13501 separate frames.
13502
13503 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13504 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13505
13506 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13507 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13508 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13509
13510 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13511
13512 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13513
13514 ;;;***
13515 \f
13516 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13517 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
13518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13519
13520 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13521 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13522
13523 The main features of this mode are
13524
13525 1. Indentation and Formatting
13526 --------------------------
13527 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13528 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13529
13530 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13531 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13532 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13533 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13534
13535 Comments are indented as follows:
13536
13537 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13538 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13539 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13540
13541 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13542
13543 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13544 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13545 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13546 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13547 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13548 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13549
13550 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13551 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13552 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13553 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13554
13555 2. Routine Info
13556 ------------
13557 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13558 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13559 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13560 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13561 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13562 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13563 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13564 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13565 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13566 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13567
13568 3. Online IDL Help
13569 ---------------
13570
13571 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13572 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13573 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13574 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13575
13576 4. Completion
13577 ----------
13578 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13579 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13580 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13581 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13582 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13583 upper case.
13584
13585 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13586 --------------------------------
13587 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13588 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13589
13590 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13591 \\fu FUNCTION template
13592 \\c CASE statement template
13593 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13594 \\f FOR loop template
13595 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13596 \\w WHILE loop template
13597 \\i IF statement template
13598 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13599 \\b BEGIN
13600
13601 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13602 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13603
13604 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13605 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13606 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13607 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13608
13609 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13610 -------------------------
13611 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13612 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13613
13614 7. Automatic END completion
13615 ------------------------
13616 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13617 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13618
13619 8. Hooks
13620 -----
13621 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13622 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13623
13624 9. Documentation and Customization
13625 -------------------------------
13626 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13627 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13628 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13629 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13630 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13631
13632 10.Keybindings
13633 -----------
13634 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13635 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13636 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13637
13638 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13639
13640 \(fn)" t nil)
13641
13642 ;;;***
13643 \f
13644 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13645 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13646 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13647 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13648 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13649 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13650 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13651 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19292
13652 ;;;;;; 15231))
13653 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13654
13655 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13656 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13657 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13658 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13659 displaying...)
13660 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13661 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13662 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13663
13664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13665 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13666
13667 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13668
13669 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13670 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13671 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13672 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13673 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13674 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13675 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13676 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13677 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13678
13679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13680
13681 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13682 Switch to another buffer.
13683 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13684 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13685 in another frame.
13686
13687 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13688 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13689 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13690 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13691 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13692
13693 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13694 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13695
13696 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13697 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13698
13699 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13700 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13701 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13702 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13703 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13704 in a separate window.
13705 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13706 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13707 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13708 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13709 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13710 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13711 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13712 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13713 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13714
13715 \(fn)" t nil)
13716
13717 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13718 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13719 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13721
13722 \(fn)" t nil)
13723
13724 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13725 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13726 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13728
13729 \(fn)" t nil)
13730
13731 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13732 Kill a buffer.
13733 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13735
13736 \(fn)" t nil)
13737
13738 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13739 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13740 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13742
13743 \(fn)" t nil)
13744
13745 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13746 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13747 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13749
13750 \(fn)" t nil)
13751
13752 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13753 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13754
13755 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13756
13757 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13758 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13759 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13760 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13761 visible in another frame.
13762
13763 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13764 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13765 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13766 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13767 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13768 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13769
13770 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13771 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13772
13773 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13774 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13775
13776 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13777 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13778 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13779 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13780 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13781 in a separate window.
13782 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13783 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13784 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13785 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13786 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13787 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13788 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13789 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13790 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13791 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13792 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13793 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13794 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13795 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13796 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13797
13798 \(fn)" t nil)
13799
13800 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13801 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13802 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13804
13805 \(fn)" t nil)
13806
13807 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13808 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13811
13812 \(fn)" t nil)
13813
13814 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13815 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13816 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13817 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13818
13819 \(fn)" t nil)
13820
13821 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13822 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13823 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13825
13826 \(fn)" t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13829 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13830 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13832
13833 \(fn)" t nil)
13834
13835 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13836 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13839
13840 \(fn)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13843 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13846
13847 \(fn)" t nil)
13848
13849 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13850 Write current buffer to a file.
13851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13853
13854 \(fn)" t nil)
13855
13856 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13857 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13858 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13860
13861 \(fn)" t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13864 Call `dired' the ido way.
13865 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13866 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13867
13868 \(fn)" t nil)
13869
13870 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13871 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13872 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13873 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13874 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13875 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13876
13877 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13878
13879 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13880 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13881 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13882 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13883
13884 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13885
13886 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13887 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13888 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13889 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13890
13891 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13892
13893 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13894 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13895 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13896 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13897 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13898 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13899 with `completing-read'.
13900 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13901 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13902 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13903 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13904 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13905 with point positioned at the end.
13906 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13907 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13908
13909 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13910
13911 ;;;***
13912 \f
13913 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19279 5148))
13914 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13915 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13916
13917 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13918 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13919 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13920
13921 \(fn)" t nil)
13922
13923 ;;;***
13924 \f
13925 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13926 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
13927 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13928
13929 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13930 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13931
13932 \(fn)" t nil)
13933
13934 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13935 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13936
13937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13938
13939 ;;;***
13940 \f
13941 ;;;### (autoloads (create-animated-image defimage find-image remove-images
13942 ;;;;;; insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13943 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13944 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13945 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19356 10801))
13946 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13947
13948 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13949 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13950 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13951 be determined.
13952
13953 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13954
13955 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
13956 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13957 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13958 be determined.
13959
13960 \(fn)" nil nil)
13961
13962 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
13963 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13964 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13965 be determined.
13966
13967 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13968
13969 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
13970 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
13971 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13972 be determined.
13973
13974 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13975
13976 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
13977 Determine and return image type.
13978 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
13979 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13980 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13981 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
13982 use its file extension as image type.
13983 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
13984
13985 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
13986
13987 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
13988 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13989 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13990
13991 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13992
13993 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
13994 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
13995 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
13996
13997 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
13998 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
13999 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14000 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14001 must be available.
14002
14003 \(fn)" nil nil)
14004
14005 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14006 Create an image.
14007 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14008 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14009 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14010 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14011 use its file extension as image type.
14012 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14013 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14014 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14015 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14016
14017 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14018
14019 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14020 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14021 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14022
14023 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14024
14025 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14026 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14027 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14028 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14029 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14030 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14031 POS may be an integer or marker.
14032 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14033 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14034 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14035 means display it in the right marginal area.
14036
14037 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14038
14039 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14040 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14041 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14042 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14043 defaulted if you omit it.
14044 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14045 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14046 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14047 means display it in the right marginal area.
14048 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14049 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14050 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14051 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14052 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14053
14054 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14055
14056 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14057 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14058 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14059 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14060 defaulted if you omit it.
14061 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14062 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14063 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14064 means display it in the right marginal area.
14065 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14066
14067 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14068
14069 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14070 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14071 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14072 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14073
14074 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14075
14076 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14077 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14078
14079 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14080
14081 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14082 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14083 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14084 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14085 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14086 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14087 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14088 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14089 satisfied.
14090
14091 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14092
14093 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14094
14095 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14096
14097 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14098 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14099
14100 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14101 documentation string.
14102
14103 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14104 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14105 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14106 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14107 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14108 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14109 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14110 define SYMBOL.
14111
14112 Example:
14113
14114 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14115 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14116
14117 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14118
14119 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14120 Create an animated image.
14121 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14122 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14123 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14124 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14125 use its file extension as image type.
14126 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14127 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14128 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14129 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14130
14131 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14132
14133 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14134
14135 ;;;***
14136 \f
14137 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14138 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14139 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14140 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14141 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14142 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14143 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14144 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19370 36540))
14145 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14146
14147 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14148 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14149
14150 \(fn)" t nil)
14151
14152 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14153 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14154
14155 Convenience command that:
14156
14157 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14158 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14159 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14160
14161 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14162 image files in dired and type
14163 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14164
14165 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14166
14167 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14168 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14169
14170 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14171
14172 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14173 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14174 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14175 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14176 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14177 another one).
14178
14179 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14180 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14181 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14182
14183 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14184 instead of erasing it first.
14185
14186 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14187 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14188 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14189 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14190 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14191 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14192
14193 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14194
14195 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14196 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14197 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14198 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14199 displayed.
14200
14201 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14202
14203 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14204
14205 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14206
14207 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14208 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14209
14210 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14211
14212 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14213 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14214 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14215
14216 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14217
14218 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14219 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14220
14221 \(fn)" t nil)
14222
14223 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14224 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14225 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14226 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14227
14228 \(fn)" t nil)
14229
14230 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14231 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14232
14233 \(fn)" t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14236 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14237
14238 \(fn)" t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14241 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14242
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14244
14245 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14246 Display current image file.
14247 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14248 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14249
14250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14251
14252 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14253 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14254
14255 \(fn)" t nil)
14256
14257 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14258 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14259 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14260 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14261 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14262 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14263 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14264
14265 \(fn)" t nil)
14266
14267 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14268 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14269 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14270 easy-to-use form.
14271
14272 \(fn)" t nil)
14273
14274 ;;;***
14275 \f
14276 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14277 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14278 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19279 5148))
14279 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14280
14281 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14282 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14283 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14284 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14285
14286 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14287 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14288 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14289 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14290
14291 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14292
14293 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14294 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14295 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14296 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14297
14298 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14299 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14300 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14301 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14302
14303 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14304
14305 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14306 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14307
14308 \(fn)" nil nil)
14309
14310 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14311 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14312 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14313 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14314
14315 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14316
14317 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14318 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14319 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14322 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14323
14324 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14325
14326 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14327 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14328 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14329 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14330
14331 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14332 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14333 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14334
14335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14336
14337 ;;;***
14338 \f
14339 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14340 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19356 10801))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14342 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14343 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14344 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14345 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14346 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14347 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14348 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14349 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14350 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14351
14352 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14353 Major mode for image files.
14354 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14355 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14356
14357 \(fn)" t nil)
14358
14359 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14360 Toggle Image minor mode.
14361 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14362 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14363 to display an image file as the actual image.
14364
14365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14366
14367 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14368 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14369 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14370 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14371 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14372 to display an image file as the actual image.
14373
14374 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14375 to display an image file as text inititally.
14376
14377 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14378 on these modes.
14379
14380 \(fn)" t nil)
14381
14382 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14383 Not documented
14384
14385 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14386
14387 ;;;***
14388 \f
14389 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14390 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19279 5148))
14391 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14392
14393 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14394 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14395
14396 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14397
14398 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14399 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14400 in the buffer.
14401
14402 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14403
14404 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14405 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14406 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14407
14408 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14409
14410 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14411 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14412
14413 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14414 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14415 pattern's structure.
14416
14417 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14418 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14419 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14420 during matching.")
14421 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14422
14423 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14424
14425 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14426 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14427
14428 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14429 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14430 called within a `save-excursion'.
14431
14432 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14433
14434 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14435
14436 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14437 Function for finding the next index position.
14438
14439 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14440 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14441 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14442 file.
14443
14444 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14445 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14446
14447 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14448
14449 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14450 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14451
14452 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14453 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14454 It should return the name for that index item.")
14455
14456 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14457
14458 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14459 Function to compare string with index item.
14460
14461 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14462 non-nil if they match.
14463
14464 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14465 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14466 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14467 arguments match\".")
14468
14469 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14470
14471 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14472 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14473 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14474
14475 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14476 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14477
14478 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14479
14480 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14481
14482 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14483 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14484 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14485 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14486
14487 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14488
14489 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14490 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14491
14492 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14493
14494 \(fn)" t nil)
14495
14496 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14497 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14498 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14499 for more information.
14500
14501 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14502
14503 ;;;***
14504 \f
14505 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14506 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14507 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19279 5150))
14508 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14509
14510 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14511 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14512
14513 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14514
14515 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14516 Not documented
14517
14518 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14519
14520 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14521 Not documented
14522
14523 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14524
14525 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14526 Not documented
14527
14528 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14529
14530 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14531 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14532
14533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14534
14535 ;;;***
14536 \f
14537 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14538 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14539 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19279 5151))
14540 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14541
14542 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14543 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14544 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14545 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14546 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14547
14548 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14549
14550 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14551 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14552
14553 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14554
14555 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14556 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14557 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14558 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14559 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14560 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14561 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14562 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14563
14564 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14565
14566 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14567 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14568 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14569 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14570 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14571
14572 This variable is only used if the variable
14573 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14574
14575 More precise choices:
14576 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14577 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14578 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14579
14580 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14581
14582 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14583
14584 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14585 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14586
14587 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14588 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14589 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14590 to that buffer.
14591 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14592 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14593 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14594 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14595
14596 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14597 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14598
14599 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14600
14601 ;;;***
14602 \f
14603 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14604 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14605 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14606 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14607 ;;;;;; (19368 35187))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14609
14610 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14611 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14612
14613 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14614 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14615 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14616
14617 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14618 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14619 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14620 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14621 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14622 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14623 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14624 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14625 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14626 with the top-level Info directory.
14627
14628 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14629 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14630 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14631 appended to the Info buffer name.
14632
14633 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14634 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14635 in all the directories in that path.
14636
14637 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14638
14639 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14640
14641 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14642 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14643
14644 \(fn)" t nil)
14645
14646 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14647 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14648 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14649 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14650
14651 \(fn)" nil nil)
14652
14653 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14654 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14655 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14656 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14657
14658 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14659
14660 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14661 Go to the Info directory node.
14662
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14664
14665 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14666 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14667 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14668 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14669 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14670 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14671
14672 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14673
14674 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14675 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14676 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14677
14678 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14679
14680 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14681 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14682 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14683 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14684 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14685
14686 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14687
14688 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14689 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14690 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14691 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14692 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14693
14694 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14695 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14696
14697 Selecting other nodes:
14698 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14699 Follow a node reference you click on.
14700 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14701 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14702 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14703 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14704 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14705 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14706 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14707 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14708 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14709 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14710 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14711 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14712 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14713 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14714 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14715 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14716 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14717 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14718 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14719 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14720
14721 Moving within a node:
14722 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14723 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14724 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14725 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14726 move up to the parent node.
14727 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14728 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14729 if there is none.
14730 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14731
14732 Advanced commands:
14733 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14734 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14735 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14736 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14737 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14738 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14739 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14740 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14741 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14742 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14743 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14744 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14745 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14746 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14747 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14748 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14749
14750 \(fn)" nil nil)
14751 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14752
14753 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14754 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14755 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14756 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14757 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14758 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14759
14760 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14761 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14762
14763 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14764 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14765 KEY is a string.
14766 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14767 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14768 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14769 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14770
14771 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14774 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14775 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14776
14777 \(fn)" t nil)
14778
14779 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14780 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14781 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14782
14783 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14784
14785 ;;;***
14786 \f
14787 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14788 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14789 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
14790 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14791
14792 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14793 Throw away all cached data.
14794 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14795 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14796 system.
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14800
14801 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14802 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14803 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14804 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14805 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14806 one found at point.
14807
14808 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14809
14810 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14811 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14812
14813 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14814 Display the documentation of a file.
14815 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14816 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14817 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14818 The default file name is the one found at point.
14819
14820 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14821
14822 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14823
14824 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14825 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14826
14827 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14828
14829 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14830 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14831
14832 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14833
14834 ;;;***
14835 \f
14836 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14837 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19279 5148))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14839
14840 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14841 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14842
14843 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14844
14845 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14846 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14847 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14848
14849 \(fn)" t nil)
14850
14851 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14852 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14853 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14854
14855 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14856 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14857 quite a while.
14858
14859 \(fn)" t nil)
14860
14861 ;;;***
14862 \f
14863 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14864 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19279 5148))
14865 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14866
14867 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14868 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14869
14870 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14871
14872 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14873 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14874
14875 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14876
14877 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14878 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14879 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14880 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14881
14882 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14883 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14884 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14885
14886 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14887 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14888 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14889 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14890
14891 \(fn)" t nil)
14892
14893 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14894 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14895 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14896
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14900 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14901 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14902 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14903 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14904
14905 \(fn)" nil nil)
14906
14907 ;;;***
14908 \f
14909 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14910 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14911 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
14912 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14913
14914 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14915 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14916
14917 \(fn)" t nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14920 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14921
14922 \(fn)" t nil)
14923
14924 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14925 Not documented
14926
14927 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14928
14929 ;;;***
14930 \f
14931 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19279
14932 ;;;;;; 5148))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14934
14935 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14936 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14937 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14938 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14939 accessed via isearchb.
14940
14941 \(fn)" t nil)
14942
14943 ;;;***
14944 \f
14945 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14946 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14947 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14948 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19279 5150))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14950
14951 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14952 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14953 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14954 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14955 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14956
14957 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14958
14959 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14960 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14961 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14962 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14963 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14964
14965 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14966
14967 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14968 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14969 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14970 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14972
14973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14974
14975 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14976 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14977 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14978 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14979 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14980
14981 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14982
14983 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14984 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14985 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14986 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14987 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14988
14989 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14990
14991 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
14992 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14993 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14994 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14995 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14996
14997 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14998
14999 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15000 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15001 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15002 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15003 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15004
15005 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15006
15007 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15008 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15009 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15011
15012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15013
15014 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15015 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15016 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15017 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15018
15019 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15020
15021 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15022 Warn that format is read-only.
15023
15024 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15025
15026 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15027 Warn that format is write-only.
15028
15029 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15030
15031 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15032 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15033
15034 \(fn)" t nil)
15035
15036 ;;;***
15037 \f
15038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15039 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15040 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15041 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15042 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15043 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15044
15045 ;;;***
15046 \f
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15048 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15049 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15050 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15051 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19313 15415))
15052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15053 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15054
15055 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15056 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15057 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15058 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15059 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15060
15061 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15062 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15063
15064 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15065 Key map for ispell menu.")
15066
15067 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15068 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15069 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15070 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15071
15072 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15073
15074 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15075
15076 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15077
15078 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15079
15080 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15081 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15082 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15083 Valid forms include:
15084 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15085 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15086 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15087 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15088
15089 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15090 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15091 First list is used raw.
15092 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15093
15094 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15095 for skipping in latex mode.")
15096
15097 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15098 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15099 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15100 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15101 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15102 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15103 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15104
15105 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15106 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15107 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15108 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15109
15110 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15111 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15112 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15113 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15114 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15115
15116 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15117 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15118
15119 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15120 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15121
15122 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15123 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15124
15125 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15126 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15127
15128 Return values:
15129 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15130 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15131 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15132 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15133 quit spell session exited.
15134
15135 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15138 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15139 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15140
15141 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15142
15143 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15144 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15145
15146 Selections are:
15147
15148 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15149 SPC: Accept word this time.
15150 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15151 `a': Accept word for this session.
15152 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15153 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15154 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15155 `?': Show these commands.
15156 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15157 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15158 the aborted check to be completed later.
15159 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15160 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15161 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15162 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15163 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15164 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15165 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15166
15167 \(fn)" nil nil)
15168
15169 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15170 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15171 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15172
15173 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15174
15175 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15176 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15177 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15178 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15179
15180 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15181
15182 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15185 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15186 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15187 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15188
15189 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15192 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15193
15194 \(fn)" t nil)
15195
15196 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15197 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15198
15199 \(fn)" t nil)
15200
15201 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15202 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15203
15204 \(fn)" t nil)
15205
15206 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15207 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15208 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15209 sequence inside of a word.
15210
15211 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15212
15213 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15214
15215 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15216 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15217
15218 \(fn)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15221 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15222 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15223 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15224
15225 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15226 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15227 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15228 available on the net.
15229
15230 \(fn)" t nil)
15231
15232 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15233 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15234 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15235 otherwise turn it off.
15236
15237 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15238 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15239
15240 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15241 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15242
15243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15244
15245 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15246 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15247 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15248 Don't check included messages.
15249
15250 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15251 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15252 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15253
15254 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15255 in your .emacs file:
15256 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15257 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15258 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15259 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15260
15261 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15262 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15263 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15264
15265 \(fn)" t nil)
15266
15267 ;;;***
15268 \f
15269 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19321
15270 ;;;;;; 4517))
15271 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15272
15273 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15274 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15275 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15278 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15279
15280 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15281
15282 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15283 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15284 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15285 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15286 `iswitchb' for details.
15287
15288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15289
15290 ;;;***
15291 \f
15292 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15293 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15294 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15295 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19279 5150))
15296 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15297
15298 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15299 Not documented
15300
15301 \(fn)" nil nil)
15302
15303 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15304 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15305 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15306 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15307 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15308 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15309 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15310 necessary to represent OBJ.
15311
15312 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15313
15314 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15315 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15316 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15317 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15318
15319 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15322 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15323 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15324 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15325 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15326
15327 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15328
15329 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15330 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15331 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15332 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15333
15334 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15337 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15338 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15339 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15340
15341 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15342
15343 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15344 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15345
15346 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15349 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15350 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15351 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15352 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15353
15354 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15355
15356 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15357 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15358 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15359 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15360 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15361
15362 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15363
15364 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15365 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15366 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15367
15368 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15369
15370 ;;;***
15371 \f
15372 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15373 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19292 15231))
15374 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15375
15376 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15377 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15378 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15379 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15380
15381 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15382 Not documented
15383
15384 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15385
15386 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15387 Uninstall jka-compr.
15388 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15389 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15390 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15391
15392 \(fn)" nil nil)
15393
15394 ;;;***
15395 \f
15396 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19279 5151))
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15398
15399 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15400 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15401
15402 Key bindings:
15403
15404 \\{js-mode-map}
15405
15406 \(fn)" t nil)
15407
15408 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15409
15410 ;;;***
15411 \f
15412 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15413 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15414 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15416
15417 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15418 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15419 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15420 decimal key must be specified.")
15421
15422 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15423
15424 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15425 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15426 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15427 decimal key must be specified.")
15428
15429 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15430
15431 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15432 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15433 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15434 decimal key must be specified.")
15435
15436 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15437
15438 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15439 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15440 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15441 decimal key must be specified.")
15442
15443 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15444
15445 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15446 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15447 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15448 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15449 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15450 keys are bound.
15451
15452 Setup Binding
15453 -------------------------------------------------------------
15454 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15455 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15456 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15457 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15458 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15459 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15460 in the global and local keymaps.
15461
15462 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15463 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15464
15465 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15466
15467 ;;;***
15468 \f
15469 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15470 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15472
15473 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15474 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15475 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15476
15477 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15478 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15479 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15480 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15481 shorter.
15482
15483 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15484 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15485 the context of text formatting.
15486
15487 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15488
15489 ;;;***
15490 \f
15491 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19279
15492 ;;;;;; 5150))
15493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15494
15495 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15496 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15497 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15498 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15499 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15500 positions that contains the current selection.")
15501
15502 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15503 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15504 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15505 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15506 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15507 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15508 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15509
15510 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15511
15512 ;;;***
15513 \f
15514 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15515 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15516 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15517 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19279 5148))
15518 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15519 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15520 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15521 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15522 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15523 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15524 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15525 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15526
15527 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15528 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15529
15530 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15531
15532 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15533 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15534 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15535 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15536 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15537
15538 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15539
15540 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15541 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15542 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15543
15544 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15545 defining the macro.
15546
15547 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15548 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15549 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15550
15551 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15552 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15553
15554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15555
15556 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15557 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15558 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15559 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15560 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15561 under that name.
15562
15563 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15564 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15565 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15566
15567 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15568
15569 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15570 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15571 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15572
15573 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15574 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15575 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15576 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15577
15578 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15579 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15580
15581 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15582
15583 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15584 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15585 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15586
15587 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15588 macro.
15589
15590 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15591 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15592
15593 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15594 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15595 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15596
15597 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15598 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15599
15600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15601
15602 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15603 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15604 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15605 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15606
15607 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15608
15609 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15610 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15611 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15612 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15613
15614 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15615 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15616
15617 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15618
15619 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15620 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15621 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15622
15623 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15624
15625 ;;;***
15626 \f
15627 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15628 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19279 5150))
15629 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15630
15631 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15632 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15633 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15634
15635 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15636 Not documented
15637
15638 \(fn)" nil nil)
15639
15640 ;;;***
15641 \f
15642 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15643 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
15644 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15645
15646 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15647
15648 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15649 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15650
15651 \(fn)" t nil)
15652
15653 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15654
15655 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15656 Start or resume an Lm game.
15657 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15658 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15659
15660 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15661 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15662 none / 1 | yes | no
15663 2 | yes | yes
15664 3 | no | yes
15665 4 | no | no
15666
15667 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15668 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15669 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15670
15671 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15672
15673 ;;;***
15674 \f
15675 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15676 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15677 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19279 5150))
15678 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15679
15680 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15681 Not documented
15682
15683 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15684
15685 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15686 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15687 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15688 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15689 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15690 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15691
15692 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15693 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15694
15695 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15696
15697 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15698 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15699
15700 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15701
15702 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15703 Not documented
15704
15705 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15706
15707 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15708 Not documented
15709
15710 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15711
15712 ;;;***
15713 \f
15714 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15715 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15716 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19279 5150))
15717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15718
15719 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15720 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15721 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15722 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15723
15724 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15725
15726 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15727 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15728 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15729
15730 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15731
15732 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15733 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15734 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15735
15736 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15737
15738 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15739 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15740 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15741 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15742
15743 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15744
15745 ;;;***
15746 \f
15747 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15748 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19279 5150))
15749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15750
15751 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15752 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15753 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15754 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15755 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15756 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15757 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15758 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15759
15760 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15761 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15762
15763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15764 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15765
15766 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15767
15768 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15769 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15770 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15771 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15772 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15773 `latin1-display-setup'.
15774
15775 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15776
15777 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15778 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15779 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15780 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15781
15782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15783 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15784
15785 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15786
15787 ;;;***
15788 \f
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15790 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15792
15793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15794
15795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15796
15797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15798
15799 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15800 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15801
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15803
15804 ;;;***
15805 \f
15806 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15807 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
15808 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15809
15810 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15811 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15812
15813 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15814 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15815
15816 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15817 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15818
15819 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15820 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15821 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15822 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15823 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15824 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15825 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15826 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15827 and transmit saved text.
15828
15829 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15830 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15831 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15832
15833 \(fn)" t nil)
15834
15835 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15836 Not documented
15837
15838 \(fn)" nil nil)
15839
15840 ;;;***
15841 \f
15842 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19279 5151))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15844
15845 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15846 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15847 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15848 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15849 generations (this defaults to 1).
15850
15851 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15852
15853 ;;;***
15854 \f
15855 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15856 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19279 5148))
15857 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15858
15859 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15860 Format used to display line numbers.
15861 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15862 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15863 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15864 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15865
15866 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15867
15868 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15869 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15870
15871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15872
15873 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15874 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15875 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15878 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15879
15880 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15881
15882 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15883 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15884 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15885 ARG is positive.
15886 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15887 `linum-on' would do it.
15888 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15889
15890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15891
15892 ;;;***
15893 \f
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19279
15895 ;;;;;; 5148))
15896 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15897
15898 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15899 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15900 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15901 is nil, raise an error.
15902
15903 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15904 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15905 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15906 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15907 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15908 defined by the library.
15909
15910 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15911 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15912 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15913 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15914 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15915 proceeds.
15916
15917 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15918 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15919 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15920 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15921
15922 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15923
15924 ;;;***
15925 \f
15926 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15927 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19279 5148))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15929
15930 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15931 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15932 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15933
15934 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15935
15936 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15937 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15938 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15939 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15940
15941 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15942 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15943 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15944 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15945 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15946 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15947 the version.)
15948
15949 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15950 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15951
15952 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15953 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15954
15955 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15956
15957 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15958
15959 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15960 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15961 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15962 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15963 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15964 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15965 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15966 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15967 to constrain a big search.
15968
15969 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15970
15971 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15972 except that FILTER is not optional.
15973
15974 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15975
15976 ;;;***
15977 \f
15978 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19370 36540))
15979 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15980
15981 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15982 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15983 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
15984 if MODE is nil.
15985 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15986 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15987 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15988 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15989 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15990
15991 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15992 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15993 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15994 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15995 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15996
15997 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15998 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15999 uses the current buffer.
16000
16001 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16002
16003 ;;;***
16004 \f
16005 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19358
16006 ;;;;;; 54001))
16007 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16008
16009 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16010 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16011
16012 \(fn)" t nil)
16013
16014 ;;;***
16015 \f
16016 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19279
16017 ;;;;;; 5148))
16018 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16019
16020 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16021 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16022 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16023 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16024 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16025
16026 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16027 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16028 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16029
16030 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16031 are indicated with a symbol.
16032
16033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16034
16035 ;;;***
16036 \f
16037 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16038 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19279
16039 ;;;;;; 5148))
16040 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16041
16042 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16043
16044 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16045
16046 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16047 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16048 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16049
16050 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16051 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16052
16053 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16054 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16055 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16056 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16057 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16058 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16059 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16060
16061 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16062
16063 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16064 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16065 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16066 switch on this list.
16067 See `lpr-command'.")
16068
16069 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16070
16071 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16072 Name of program for printing a file.
16073
16074 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16075 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16076 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16077 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16078 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16079 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16080 argument.")
16081
16082 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16083
16084 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16085 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16086 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16087 for customization of the printer command.
16088
16089 \(fn)" t nil)
16090
16091 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16092 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16093
16094 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16095 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16096 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16097 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16098
16099 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16100 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16101
16102 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16103 for further customization of the printer command.
16104
16105 \(fn)" t nil)
16106
16107 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16108 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16109 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16110 for customization of the printer command.
16111
16112 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16113
16114 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16115 Paginate and print the region contents.
16116
16117 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16118 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16119 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16120 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16121
16122 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16123 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16124
16125 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16126 for further customization of the printer command.
16127
16128 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16129
16130 ;;;***
16131 \f
16132 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16133 ;;;;;; (19321 4517))
16134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16135
16136 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16137 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16138 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16139
16140 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16141
16142 ;;;***
16143 \f
16144 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19279
16145 ;;;;;; 5149))
16146 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16147
16148 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16149 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16150 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16151 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16152
16153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16154
16155 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16156
16157 ;;;***
16158 \f
16159 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19279
16160 ;;;;;; 5151))
16161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16162
16163 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16164 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16165 \\{m4-mode-map}
16166
16167 \(fn)" t nil)
16168
16169 ;;;***
16170 \f
16171 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16172 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
16173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16174
16175 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16176 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16177 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16178 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16179 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16180
16181 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16182
16183 ;;;***
16184 \f
16185 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16186 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19345 41626))
16187 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16188
16189 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16190 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16191 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16192 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16193 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16194
16195 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16196
16197 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16198 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16199 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16200 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16201
16202 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16203 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16204 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16205 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16206 bindings.
16207
16208 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16209 use this command, and then save the file.
16210
16211 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16212
16213 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16214 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16215 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16216 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16217 each time the macro executes.
16218 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16219 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16220 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16221 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16222 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16223 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16224 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16225
16226 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16227
16228 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16229 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16230 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16231 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16232
16233 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16234 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16235 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16236 execute.
16237
16238 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16239 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16240
16241 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16242 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16243 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16244 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16245 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16246
16247 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16248 looked like this:
16249
16250 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16251 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16252 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16253
16254 You could enter the names in this format:
16255
16256 foo
16257 bar
16258 baz
16259
16260 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16261
16262 \\C-x (
16263 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16264 \\C-x )
16265
16266 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16267 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16268
16269 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16270 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16271
16272 ;;;***
16273 \f
16274 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16275 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19279 5150))
16276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16277
16278 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16279 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16280 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16281 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16282 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16283 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16284
16285 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16286 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16287 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16288 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16289 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16290
16291 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16292 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16293 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16294 consing a string.)
16295
16296 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16297
16298 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16299 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16300
16301 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16302
16303 ;;;***
16304 \f
16305 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16306 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16307 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
16308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16309
16310 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16311 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16312
16313 \(fn)" nil nil)
16314
16315 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16316 Not documented
16317
16318 \(fn)" nil nil)
16319
16320 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16321 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16322
16323 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16324
16325 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16326 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16327 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16328 message.
16329
16330 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16331
16332 \(fn)" nil nil)
16333
16334 ;;;***
16335 \f
16336 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16337 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16338 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16339 ;;;;;; (19313 15414))
16340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16341
16342 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16343 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16344 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16345 often correct parser.")
16346
16347 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16348
16349 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16350 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16351
16352 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16353
16354 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16355 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16356 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16357 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16358
16359 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16360
16361 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16362 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16363 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16364 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16365
16366 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16367
16368 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16369 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16370 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16371 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16372
16373 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16374
16375 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16376 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16377 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16378 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16379 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16380 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16381 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16382 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16383 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16384 as Rmail does.
16385
16386 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16387
16388 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16389 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16390 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16391 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16392 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16393 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16394 matches may be returned from the message body.
16395
16396 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16397
16398 ;;;***
16399 \f
16400 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16401 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19279
16402 ;;;;;; 5150))
16403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16404
16405 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16406 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16407 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16410 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16411
16412 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16413
16414 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16415 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16416
16417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16418
16419 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16420 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16421
16422 \(fn)" nil nil)
16423
16424 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16425 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16426 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16427
16428 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16429
16430 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16431 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16432 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16433
16434 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16435 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16436 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16437 double-quotes.
16438
16439 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16440
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16444 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19279
16445 ;;;;;; 5150))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16447
16448 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16449 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16450 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16451 king@grassland.com
16452 If `parens', they look like:
16453 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16454 If `angles', they look like:
16455 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16456
16457 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16458
16459 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16460 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16461 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16462 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16463 their `Resent-' variants.
16464
16465 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16466 removed from alias expansions.
16467
16468 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16469
16470 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16471 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16472 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16473
16474 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16475 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16476 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16477 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16478
16479 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16480
16481 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16482 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16483 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16484 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16485
16486 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16487
16488 ;;;***
16489 \f
16490 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16491 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
16492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16493
16494 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16495 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16496 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16497 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16498
16499 \(fn)" nil nil)
16500
16501 ;;;***
16502 \f
16503 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16504 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16505 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19372 27330))
16506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16507
16508 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16509 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16510
16511 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16512 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16513 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16514 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16515 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16516 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16517
16518 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16519 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16520 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16521 dependency, despite the colon.
16522
16523 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16524
16525 In the browser, use the following keys:
16526
16527 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16528
16529 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16530
16531 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16532 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16533
16534 `makefile-target-colon':
16535 The string that gets appended to all target names
16536 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16537 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16538
16539 `makefile-macro-assign':
16540 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16541 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16542 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16543 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16544 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16545 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16546
16547 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16548 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16549 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16550
16551 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16552 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16553
16554 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16555 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16556 up or down in the browser.
16557
16558 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16559 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16560
16561 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16562 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16563
16564 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16565 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16566 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16567 has been selected in the browser.
16568
16569 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16571 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16572 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16573 filenames are omitted.
16574
16575 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16576 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16577 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16578 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16579 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16580 the backslash itself intact.
16581 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16582 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16583
16584 `makefile-browser-hook':
16585 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16586 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16587
16588 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16589 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16590 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16591 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16592
16593 \(fn)" t nil)
16594
16595 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16596 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16597
16598 \(fn)" t nil)
16599
16600 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16601 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16602
16603 \(fn)" t nil)
16604
16605 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16606 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16607
16608 \(fn)" t nil)
16609
16610 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16611 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16612
16613 \(fn)" t nil)
16614
16615 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16616 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16617
16618 \(fn)" t nil)
16619
16620 ;;;***
16621 \f
16622 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19279
16623 ;;;;;; 5148))
16624 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16625
16626 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16627 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16628 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16629
16630 \(fn)" t nil)
16631
16632 ;;;***
16633 \f
16634 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19345 41626))
16635 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16636
16637 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16638
16639 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16640 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16641 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16642 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16643 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16644 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16645 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16646 page, it will display immediately.
16647
16648 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16649 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16650 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16651
16652 cat(1)
16653 1 cat
16654
16655 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16656 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16657 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16658 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16659
16660 -a chmod
16661
16662 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16663 otherwise look like a page name.
16664
16665 /my/file/name.1.gz
16666 -l somefile.1
16667
16668 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16669 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16670 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16671
16672 -k pattern
16673
16674 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16675
16676 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16677 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16678
16679 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16680
16681 ;;;***
16682 \f
16683 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19279 5148))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16685
16686 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16687 Toggle Master mode.
16688 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16689 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16690 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16691
16692 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16693 following commands:
16694
16695 \\{master-mode-map}
16696
16697 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16698 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16699 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16700
16701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16702
16703 ;;;***
16704 \f
16705 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16706 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16708
16709 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16710 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16711 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16712 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16713 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16714 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16715
16716 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16717
16718 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16719 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16720 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16721 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16722 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16723
16724 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16725 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16726
16727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16728
16729 ;;;***
16730 \f
16731 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16732 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16733 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16734 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16735 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16736 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16737 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19370 36541))
16738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16739
16740 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16741
16742 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16743 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16744 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16745 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16746 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16747 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16748 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16749 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16750 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16751 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16752 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16753 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16754 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16755 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16756 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16757 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16758 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16759 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16760 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16761 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16762 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16763 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16764 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16765 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16766 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16767 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16768 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16769 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16770 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16771 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16772 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16773 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16774 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16775 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16776 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16777 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16778 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16779 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16780
16781 \(fn)" t nil)
16782
16783 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16784 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16785 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16786 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16787 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16788
16789 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16790
16791 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16792 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16793
16794 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16795
16796 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16797 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16798
16799 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16800
16801 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16802 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16803
16804 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16805
16806 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16807 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16808 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16809
16810 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16811
16812 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16813 Cancel an article you posted.
16814 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16815
16816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16817
16818 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16819 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16820 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16821 header line with the old Message-ID.
16822
16823 \(fn)" t nil)
16824
16825 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16826 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16827
16828 \(fn)" t nil)
16829
16830 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16831 Forward the current message via mail.
16832 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16833 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16834
16835 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16836
16837 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16838 Not documented
16839
16840 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16841
16842 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16843 Not documented
16844
16845 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16846
16847 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16848 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16849
16850 \(fn)" t nil)
16851
16852 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16853 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16854
16855 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16856
16857 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16858 Re-mail the current message.
16859 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16860 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16861 you.
16862
16863 \(fn)" t nil)
16864
16865 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16866 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16867
16868 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16869
16870 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16871 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16872
16873 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16874
16875 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16876 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16877
16878 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16879
16880 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16881 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16882
16883 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16884
16885 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16886 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16887 Works by overstriking characters.
16888 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16889 which specify the range to operate on.
16890
16891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16892
16893 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16894 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16895 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16896 which specify the range to operate on.
16897
16898 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16899
16900 ;;;***
16901 \f
16902 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16903 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16905
16906 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16907 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16908 Special commands:
16909 \\{meta-mode-map}
16910
16911 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16912 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16913
16914 \(fn)" t nil)
16915
16916 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16917 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16918 Special commands:
16919 \\{meta-mode-map}
16920
16921 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16922 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16923
16924 \(fn)" t nil)
16925
16926 ;;;***
16927 \f
16928 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16929 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16930 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
16931 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16932
16933 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16934 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16935 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16936
16937 \(fn)" t nil)
16938
16939 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16940 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16941 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16942 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16943 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16944 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16945 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16946
16947 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16948
16949 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16950 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16951 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16952 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16953 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16954 means current).
16955 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16956 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16957
16958 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16959
16960 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16961 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16962 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16963 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16964 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16965 means current).
16966 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16967 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16968
16969 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16970
16971 ;;;***
16972 \f
16973 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16974 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16975 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19279 5150))
16976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16977
16978 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16979 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16980 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16981
16982 \(fn)" t nil)
16983
16984 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16985 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16986 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16987
16988 \(fn)" t nil)
16989
16990 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16991 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16992
16993 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16994 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16995 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16996
16997 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16998 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16999
17000 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17001 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17002
17003 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17004
17005 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17006
17007 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17008 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17009 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17010 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17011 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17012 as `compose-mail'.
17013
17014 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17015 initial Subject field, respectively.
17016
17017 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17018 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17019 are strings.
17020
17021 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17022 ignored.
17023
17024 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17025
17026 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17027 Save draft and send message.
17028
17029 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17030 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17031 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17032 Mail Delivery*\".
17033
17034 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17035 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17036 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17037
17038 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17039 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17040 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17041 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17042 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17043 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17044
17045 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17046 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17047
17048 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17049 message and scan line.
17050
17051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17052
17053 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17054 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17055
17056 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17057 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17058 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17059 delete the draft message.
17060
17061 \(fn)" t nil)
17062
17063 ;;;***
17064 \f
17065 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19279 5150))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17067
17068 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17069
17070 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17071
17072 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17073
17074 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17075 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17076
17077 \(fn)" t nil)
17078
17079 ;;;***
17080 \f
17081 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17082 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19279 5150))
17083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17084
17085 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17086 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17087 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17088
17089 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17090 the MH mail system.
17091
17092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17093
17094 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17095 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17096 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17097
17098 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17099 the MH mail system.
17100
17101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17102
17103 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17104 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17105
17106 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17107 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17108 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17109 separate command.
17110
17111 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17112 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17113 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17114 format.
17115
17116 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17117
17118 Ranges
17119 ======
17120 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17121 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17122 can be used in several ways.
17123
17124 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17125 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17126 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17127 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17128 page):
17129
17130 <num1>-<num2>
17131 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17132 The range must be nonempty.
17133
17134 <num>:N
17135 <num>:+N
17136 <num>:-N
17137 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17138 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17139 last.
17140
17141 first:N
17142 prev:N
17143 next:N
17144 last:N
17145 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17146
17147 all
17148 All of the messages.
17149
17150 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17151 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17152
17153 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17154 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17155 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17156
17157 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17158
17159 \(fn)" t nil)
17160
17161 ;;;***
17162 \f
17163 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17164 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19369 15960))
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17166
17167 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17168 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17169 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17170 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17171 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17172 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17173 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17174 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17175 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17176 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17177 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17178
17179 \(fn)" t nil)
17180
17181 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17182 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17183 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17184 to its second argument TM.
17185
17186 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17187
17188 ;;;***
17189 \f
17190 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17191 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19279 5148))
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17193
17194 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17195 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17196 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17198 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17199 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17200
17201 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17202
17203 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17204 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17205 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17206 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17207 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17208 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17209 default indication.
17210
17211 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17212 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17213
17214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17215
17216 ;;;***
17217 \f
17218 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19279 5148))
17219 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17220
17221 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17222 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17223 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17224 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17225 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17226 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17227 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17228 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17229 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17230
17231 \(fn)" t nil)
17232
17233 ;;;***
17234 \f
17235 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17236 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17237 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19279 5148))
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17239 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17240
17241 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17242 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17243
17244 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17245 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17246 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17247 next occurrence.
17248
17249 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17250 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17251 end of the search space).
17252
17253 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17254 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17255 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17256 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17257 should return the previous buffer to search.
17258
17259 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17260 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17261 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17262
17263 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17264 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17265 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17266 Isearch starts.")
17267
17268 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17269 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17270 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17271
17272 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17273 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17274 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17275
17276 \(fn)" nil nil)
17277
17278 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17279 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17280 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17281 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17282 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17283 whose names match the specified regexp.
17284
17285 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17286
17287 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17288 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17289 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17290 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17291 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17292 whose names match the specified regexp.
17293
17294 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17295
17296 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17297 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17298 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17299 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17300 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17301 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17302 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17303
17304 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17305
17306 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17307 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17308 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17309 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17310 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17311 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17312 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17313
17314 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17315
17316 ;;;***
17317 \f
17318 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17319 ;;;;;; (19358 54001))
17320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17321
17322 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17323 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17324 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17325
17326 \(fn)" t nil)
17327
17328 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17329
17330 ;;;***
17331 \f
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17333 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19279 5150))
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17335
17336 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17337 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17338
17339 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17340
17341 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17342 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17343 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17344 the entire message.
17345 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17346
17347 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17348
17349 ;;;***
17350 \f
17351 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17352 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17354
17355 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17356 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17357 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17358 the entire message.
17359 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17360
17361 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17362
17363 ;;;***
17364 \f
17365 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17366 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19279 5150))
17367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17368
17369 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17370 Insert file contents of URL.
17371 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17372
17373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17374
17375 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17376 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17377
17378 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17379
17380 ;;;***
17381 \f
17382 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17383 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19279 5150))
17384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17385
17386 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17387 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17388 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17389 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17390 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17391
17392 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17395 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17396 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17397
17398 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17399
17400 ;;;***
17401 \f
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17403 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17405
17406 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17407 Not documented
17408
17409 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17410
17411 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17412 Not documented
17413
17414 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17415
17416 ;;;***
17417 \f
17418 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17419 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17420 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19365 25156))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17422
17423 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17424 Not documented
17425
17426 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17427
17428 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17429 Not documented
17430
17431 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17432
17433 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17434 Not documented
17435
17436 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17437
17438 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17439 Not documented
17440
17441 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17442
17443 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17444 Not documented
17445
17446 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17447
17448 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17449 Not documented
17450
17451 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17452
17453 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17454 Not documented
17455
17456 \(fn)" nil nil)
17457
17458 ;;;***
17459 \f
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17461 ;;;;;; (19256 49603))
17462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17463
17464 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17465 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17466 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17467 followed by the first character of the construct.
17468 \\<m2-mode-map>
17469 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17470 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17471 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17472 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17473 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17474 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17475 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17476 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17477 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17478 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17479 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17480 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17481 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17482 \\[m2-link] link
17483
17484 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17485 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17486 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17487
17488 \(fn)" t nil)
17489
17490 ;;;***
17491 \f
17492 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17493 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17495
17496 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17497 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17498
17499 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17500
17501 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17502 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17503
17504 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17505
17506 ;;;***
17507 \f
17508 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17509 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19279 5148))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17511
17512 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17513 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17514
17515 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17516 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17517 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17518
17519 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17520 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17521 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17522
17523 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17524 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17525
17526 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17527 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17528 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17529 hemisphere you're in.)
17530
17531 To test this function, evaluate:
17532 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17533
17534 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17535
17536 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17537 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17538
17539 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17540 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17541
17542 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17543 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17544 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17545
17546 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17547 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17548
17549 To test this function, evaluate:
17550 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17551
17552 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17553
17554 ;;;***
17555 \f
17556 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19279
17557 ;;;;;; 5148))
17558 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17559
17560 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17561 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17562 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17564 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17565 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17566
17567 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17568
17569 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17570 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17571 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17572 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17573
17574 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17575
17576 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17577
17578 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17579
17580 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17581 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17582 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17583 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17584 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17585 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17586
17587 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17588 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17589 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17590 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17591 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17592
17593 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17594 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17595
17596 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17597 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17598
17599 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17600
17601 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17602 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17603 primary selection and region.
17604
17605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17606
17607 ;;;***
17608 \f
17609 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19372 27330))
17610 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17611
17612 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17613 Main entry point for MPC.
17614
17615 \(fn)" t nil)
17616
17617 ;;;***
17618 \f
17619 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19279 5151))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17621
17622 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17623 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17624
17625 \(fn)" t nil)
17626
17627 ;;;***
17628 \f
17629 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19279 5148))
17630 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17631
17632 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17633 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17634 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17635 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17636 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17637 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17638
17639 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17640
17641 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17642 Toggle Msb mode.
17643 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17644 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17645 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17646
17647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17648
17649 ;;;***
17650 \f
17651 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17652 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17653 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17654 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17655 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17656 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17658
17659 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17660 Display a list of all character sets.
17661
17662 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17663 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17664 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17665 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17666 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17667
17668 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17669 but still shows the full information.
17670
17671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17672
17673 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17674 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17675 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17676
17677 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17678 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17679 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17680 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17681 meanings of these arguments.
17682
17683 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17684
17685 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17686 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17687
17688 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17689
17690 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17691 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17692
17693 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17694
17695 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17696 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17697
17698 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17699
17700 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17701 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17702
17703 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17704 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17705 in place of `..':
17706 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17707 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17708 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17709 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17710 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17711 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17712 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17713 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17714 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17715 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17716 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17717 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17718 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17719 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17720 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17721 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17722
17723 \(fn)" t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17726 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17727
17728 \(fn)" t nil)
17729
17730 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17731 Display a list of all coding systems.
17732 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17733
17734 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17735 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17736
17737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17738
17739 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17740 Display a list of all coding categories.
17741
17742 \(fn)" nil nil)
17743
17744 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17745 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17746 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17747
17748 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17749
17750 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17751 Display information about FONTSET.
17752 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17753
17754 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17757 Display a list of all fontsets.
17758 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17759 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17760 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17761
17762 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17763
17764 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17765 Display information about all input methods.
17766
17767 \(fn)" t nil)
17768
17769 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17770 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17771
17772 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17773 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17774 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17775 system which uses fontsets).
17776
17777 \(fn)" t nil)
17778
17779 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17780 Show log of font listing and opening.
17781 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17782 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17783
17784 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17785
17786 ;;;***
17787 \f
17788 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17789 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17790 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17791 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17792 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17793 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19313 15414))
17794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17795
17796 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17797 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17798 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17799
17800 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17801
17802 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17803
17804 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17805 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17806
17807 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17808 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17809
17810 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17811 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17812
17813 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17814
17815 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17816 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17817 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17818 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17819 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17820 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17821 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17822
17823 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17824 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17825 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17826 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17827 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17828 middle of a character in STR.
17829
17830 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17831 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17832
17833 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17834 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17835 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17836 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17837 defaults to \"...\".
17838
17839 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17840
17841 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17842 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17843
17844 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17845 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17846 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17847
17848 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17849 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17850 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17851
17852 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17853 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17854 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17855 are considered.
17856 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17857 longer than KEYSEQ.
17858 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17859
17860 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17861
17862 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17863 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17864 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17865 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17866 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17867 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17868 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17869 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17870 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17871 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17872 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17873
17874 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17875
17876 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17877 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17878
17879 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17880
17881 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17882 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17883
17884 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17885
17886 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17887 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17888
17889 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17890
17891 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17892 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17893
17894 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17895
17896 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17897 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17898 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17899 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17900 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17901
17902 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17903 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17904
17905 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17906 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17907 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17908 coding systems ordered by priority.
17909
17910 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17911
17912 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17913 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17914 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17915 language environment LANG-ENV.
17916
17917 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17918
17919 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17920 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17921 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17922 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17923 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17924 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17925
17926 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17927
17928 ;;;***
17929 \f
17930 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17931 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17932 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17933 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19279
17934 ;;;;;; 5151))
17935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17936
17937 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17938 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17939
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17943 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17944
17945 \(fn)" t nil)
17946
17947 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17948 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17949
17950 \(fn)" t nil)
17951
17952 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17953 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17954
17955 \(fn)" t nil)
17956
17957 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17958 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17959
17960 \(fn)" t nil)
17961
17962 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17963 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17964
17965 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17966
17967 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17968 Ping HOST.
17969 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17970 `ping-program-options'.
17971
17972 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17973
17974 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17975 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17976
17977 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17978
17979 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17980 Run nslookup program.
17981
17982 \(fn)" t nil)
17983
17984 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17985 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17986
17987 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17988
17989 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17990 Run dig program.
17991
17992 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17993
17994 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17995 Run ftp program.
17996
17997 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17998
17999 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18000 Finger USER on HOST.
18001
18002 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18003
18004 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18005 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18006 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18007 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18008
18009 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18010
18011 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18012 Not documented
18013
18014 \(fn)" t nil)
18015
18016 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18017 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18018
18019 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18020
18021 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18022 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18023
18024 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18025
18026 ;;;***
18027 \f
18028 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18029 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18030 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18031 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18032 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18033 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19279 5148))
18034 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18035
18036 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18037
18038 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18039
18040 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18041
18042 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18043
18044 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18045 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18046 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18047 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18048 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18049 Major modes should set this variable.")
18050
18051 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18052 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18053 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18054 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18055 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18056 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18057
18058 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18059 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18060
18061 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18062 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18063 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18064
18065 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18066 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18067 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18068 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18069 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18070
18071 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18072 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18073 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18074
18075 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18076 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18077 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18078 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18079
18080 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18081 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18082 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18083 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18084 column indentation or nil.
18085 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18086
18087 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18088 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18089 The function has no args.
18090
18091 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18092 comments always start in column zero.")
18093
18094 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18095 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18096 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18097
18098 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18099
18100 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18101 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18102 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18103 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18104
18105 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18106 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18107
18108 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18109
18110 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18111 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18112 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18113 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18114 customize this variable.
18115
18116 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18117 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18118
18119 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18120
18121 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18122 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18123 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18124 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18125 the variables are properly set.
18126
18127 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18128
18129 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18130 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18131
18132 \(fn)" nil nil)
18133
18134 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18135 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18136 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18137
18138 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18139
18140 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18141 Set the comment column based on point.
18142 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18143 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18144 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18145 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18146
18147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18148
18149 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18150 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18151 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18152
18153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18154
18155 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18156 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18157 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18158 comment markers.
18159
18160 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18161
18162 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18163 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18164 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18165 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18166 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18167
18168 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18169 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18170 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18171
18172 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18173 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18174 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18175 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18176 changed with `comment-style'.
18177
18178 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18179
18180 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18181 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18182 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18183 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18184
18185 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18186
18187 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18188 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18189 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18190 is passed on to the respective function.
18191
18192 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18193
18194 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18195 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18196 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18197 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18198 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18199 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18200 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18201 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18202 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18203 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18204
18205 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18206
18207 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18208 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18209 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18210
18211 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18212
18213 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18214 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18215 This indents the body of the continued comment
18216 under the previous comment line.
18217
18218 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18219 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18220 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18221
18222 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18223 or comment indentation.
18224
18225 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18226 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18227
18228 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18229
18230 ;;;***
18231 \f
18232 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18233 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19279 5151))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18235
18236 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18237 Check whether newsticker is running.
18238 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18239 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18240
18241 \(fn)" nil nil)
18242
18243 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18244 Start the newsticker.
18245 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18246 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18247 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18248 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18249
18250 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18251
18252 ;;;***
18253 \f
18254 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18255 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18256 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18257
18258 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18259 Start newsticker plainview.
18260
18261 \(fn)" t nil)
18262
18263 ;;;***
18264 \f
18265 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18266 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18268
18269 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18270 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18271
18272 \(fn)" t nil)
18273
18274 ;;;***
18275 \f
18276 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18277 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19279 5151))
18278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18279
18280 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18281 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18282 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18283 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18284 empty.
18285
18286 \(fn)" nil nil)
18287
18288 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18289 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18290 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18291 running already.
18292
18293 \(fn)" t nil)
18294
18295 ;;;***
18296 \f
18297 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18298 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18299 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18300
18301 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18302 Start newsticker treeview.
18303
18304 \(fn)" t nil)
18305
18306 ;;;***
18307 \f
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18309 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18311
18312 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18313 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18314
18315 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18316
18317 ;;;***
18318 \f
18319 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19279
18320 ;;;;;; 5150))
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18322
18323 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18324 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18325 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18326 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18327 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18328 symbol in the alist.
18329
18330 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18331
18332 ;;;***
18333 \f
18334 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18335 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18337
18338 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18339 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18340 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18341
18342 \(fn)" t nil)
18343
18344 ;;;***
18345 \f
18346 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18347 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
18348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18349
18350 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18351 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18352 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18353
18354 \(fn)" t nil)
18355
18356 ;;;***
18357 \f
18358 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18359 ;;;;;; (19279 38446))
18360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18361
18362 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18363 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18364
18365 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18366
18367 ;;;***
18368 \f
18369 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18370 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19279 5150))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18372
18373 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18374 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18375
18376 \(fn)" t nil)
18377
18378 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18379 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18380
18381 \(fn)" t nil)
18382
18383 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18384 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18385
18386 \(fn)" t nil)
18387
18388 ;;;***
18389 \f
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18391 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19279 5148))
18392 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18393
18394 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18395 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18396 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18397
18398 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18399
18400 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18401 Not documented
18402
18403 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18404
18405 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18406 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18407 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18408 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18409 to future sessions.
18410
18411 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18412
18413 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18414 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18415 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18416 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18417 to future sessions.
18418
18419 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18420
18421 ;;;***
18422 \f
18423 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18424 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18426
18427 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18428 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18429 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18430 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18431 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18432 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18433
18434 \(fn)" t nil)
18435
18436 ;;;***
18437 \f
18438 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18439 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18440 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18441
18442 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18443 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18444 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18445 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18446
18447 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18448
18449 ;;;***
18450 \f
18451 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19356
18452 ;;;;;; 10801))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18454
18455 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18456 Major mode for editing XML.
18457
18458 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18459 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18460 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18461 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18462 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18463 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18464 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18465
18466 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18467
18468 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18469 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18470
18471 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18472 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18473 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18474 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18475 instead of C-c.
18476
18477 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18478 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18479 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18480 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18481 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18482 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18483
18484 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18485 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18486 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18487
18488 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18489 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18490 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18491
18492 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18493 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18494 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18495 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18496 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18497 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18498 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18499 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18500 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18501
18502 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18503
18504 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18505 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18506
18507 \(fn)" t nil)
18508
18509 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18510
18511 ;;;***
18512 \f
18513 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18514 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19279 5151))
18515 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18516
18517 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18518 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18519 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18520 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18521
18522 \(fn)" t nil)
18523
18524 ;;;***
18525 \f
18526 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18527 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18529
18530 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18531 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18532 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18533
18534 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18535
18536 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18537 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18538
18539 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18540 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18541 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18542
18543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18544
18545 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18546
18547 ;;;***
18548 \f
18549 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18550 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
18551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18552
18553 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18554 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18555
18556 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18557 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18558 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18559 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18560
18561 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18562 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18563 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18564 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18565 is why you need this mode!).
18566
18567 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18568 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18569 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18570
18571 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18572
18573 Keybindings
18574 ===========
18575
18576 \\{octave-mode-map}
18577
18578 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18579 ==============================================
18580
18581 `octave-auto-indent'
18582 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18583 Default is nil.
18584
18585 `octave-auto-newline'
18586 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18587 Default is nil.
18588
18589 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18590 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18591 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18592
18593 `octave-block-offset'
18594 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18595 Default is 2.
18596
18597 `octave-continuation-offset'
18598 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18599 Default is 4.
18600
18601 `octave-continuation-string'
18602 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18603 Default is a backslash.
18604
18605 `octave-send-echo-input'
18606 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18607 command to the inferior Octave process.
18608
18609 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18610 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18611 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18612
18613 `octave-send-echo-input'
18614 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18615
18616 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18617
18618 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18619 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18620
18621 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18622
18623 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18624 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18625
18626 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18627 (lambda ()
18628 (abbrev-mode 1)
18629 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18630
18631 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18632 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18633 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18634 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18635
18636 \(fn)" t nil)
18637
18638 ;;;***
18639 \f
18640 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18641 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18642 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18643 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18644 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18645 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19356 10801))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18647
18648 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18649 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18650 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18651
18652 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18653 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18654 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18655 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18656 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18657 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18658 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18659 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18660 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18661 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18662
18663 The following commands are available:
18664
18665 \\{org-mode-map}
18666
18667 \(fn)" t nil)
18668
18669 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18670
18671 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18672 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18673 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18674 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18675
18676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18677
18678 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18679 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18680 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18681 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18682 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18683 of Org-mode).
18684
18685 M-up Move entry/item up
18686 M-down Move entry/item down
18687 M-left Promote
18688 M-right Demote
18689 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18690 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18691 M-S-left Promote subtree
18692 M-S-right Demote subtree
18693 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18694 C-c ^ Sort entries
18695 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18696 TAB Cycle item visibility
18697 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18698 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18699 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18700
18701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18704 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18705
18706 \(fn)" nil nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18709 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18710
18711 \(fn)" nil nil)
18712
18713 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18714 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18715 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18716 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18717 call CMD.
18718
18719 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18720
18721 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18722 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18723 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18724 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18725
18726 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18727 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18728 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18729
18730 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18731
18732 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18733 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18734 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18735
18736 \(fn)" t nil)
18737
18738 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18739 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18740 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18741 Org-mode syntax.
18742
18743 \(fn)" t nil)
18744
18745 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18746 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18747
18748 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18749
18750 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18751 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18752
18753 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18754 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18755 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18756 returned as a list.
18757
18758 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18759 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18760 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18761 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18762 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18763 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18764 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18765 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18766 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18767 position.
18768
18769 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18770 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18771 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18772 visited by the iteration.
18773
18774 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18775
18776 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18777 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18778 file The current buffer, without restriction
18779 file-with-archives
18780 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18781 agenda All agenda files
18782 agenda-with-archives
18783 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18784 \(file1 file2 ...)
18785 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18786
18787 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18788 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18789
18790 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18791 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18792 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18793 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18794 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18795 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18796 function leaves it.
18797
18798 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18799 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18800 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18801 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18802 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18803 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18804 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18805 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18806
18807 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18808
18809 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18810 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18811 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18812 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18813
18814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18815
18816 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18817
18818 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18819 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18820 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18821 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18822
18823 \(fn)" t nil)
18824
18825 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18826 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18827
18828 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18829
18830 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18831 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18832 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18833
18834 \(fn)" t nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18837 Not documented
18838
18839 \(fn)" t nil)
18840
18841 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18842 Reload all org lisp files.
18843 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18844
18845 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18846
18847 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18848 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18849
18850 \(fn)" t nil)
18851
18852 ;;;***
18853 \f
18854 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18855 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18856 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18857 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18858 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19279 5151))
18859 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18860
18861 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18862 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18863 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18864 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18865
18866 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18867 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18868 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18869 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18870 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18871 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18872 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18873 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18874 e Export views to associated files.
18875 s Search entries for keywords.
18876 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18877 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18878 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18879 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18880 > Remove a previous restriction.
18881 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18882 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18883 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18884
18885 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18886 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18887 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18888
18889 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18890 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18891 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18892 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18893 \(if active).
18894
18895 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18896
18897 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18898 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18899 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18900 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18901 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18902 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18903 before running the agenda command.
18904
18905 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18906
18907 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18908 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18909 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18910 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18911 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18912 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18913 before running the agenda command.
18914
18915 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18916 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18917
18918 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18919
18920 category The category of the item
18921 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18922 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18923 todo selected in TODO match
18924 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18925 diary imported from diary
18926 deadline a deadline on given date
18927 scheduled scheduled on given date
18928 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18929 closed entry was closed on given date
18930 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18931 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18932 block entry has date block including g. date
18933 todo The todo keyword, if any
18934 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18935 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18936 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18937 extra Sting with extra planning info
18938 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18939 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18940 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18941
18942 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18943
18944 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18945 Not documented
18946
18947 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18948
18949 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18950 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18951
18952 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18953
18954 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18955 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18956 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18957 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18958
18959 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18960 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18961 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18962 agenda instead.
18963
18964 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18965 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18966 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18967
18968 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18969 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18970
18971 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18972
18973 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18974 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18975 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18976 search only the headlines.
18977
18978 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18979 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18980 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18981 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18982 EDIT-AT.
18983
18984 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18985 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
18986 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
18987 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
18988 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
18989
18990 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
18991 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
18992
18993 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
18994 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
18995 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
18996 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
18997 are enclosed by word delimiters.
18998
18999 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19000 that must or must not match in the entry.
19001
19002 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19003 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19004 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19005 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19006
19007 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19008 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19009
19010 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19011
19012 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19013 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19014 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19015 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19016 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19017 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19018
19019 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19020
19021 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19022 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19023 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19024
19025 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19026
19027 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19028 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19029 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19030 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19031 `org-stuck-projects'.
19032 MATCH is being ignored.
19033
19034 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19035
19036 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19037 Return diary information from org-files.
19038 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19039 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19040 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19041 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19042
19043 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19044 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19045 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19046
19047 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19048
19049 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19050 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19051 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19052 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19053
19054 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19055 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19056 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19057
19058 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19059 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19060 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19061 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19062
19063 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19064
19065 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19066
19067 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19068 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19069
19070 &%%(org-diary)
19071
19072 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19073 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19074 So the example above may also be written as
19075
19076 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19077
19078 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19079 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19080 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19081
19082 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19083
19084 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19085 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19086
19087 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19088
19089 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19090 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19091 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19092
19093 \(fn)" t nil)
19094
19095 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19096 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19097 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19098 appointments.
19099
19100 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19101 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19102
19103 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19104 for filtering entries out.
19105
19106 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19107 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19108
19109 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19110 (category \"Work\"))
19111
19112 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19113 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19114
19115 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19116
19117 ;;;***
19118 \f
19119 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19120 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19121 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19123
19124 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19125 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19126 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19127
19128 \(fn)" t nil)
19129
19130 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19131 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19132 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19133
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19135
19136 ;;;***
19137 \f
19138 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19139 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19140 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19279 5151))
19141 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19142
19143 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19144 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19145 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19146
19147 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19148
19149 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19150 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19151 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19152 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19153 command to convert it.
19154
19155 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19156
19157 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19158 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19159 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19160 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19161 cut-and-paste operations.
19162 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19163 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19164 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19165 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19166
19167 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19168
19169 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19170 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19171
19172 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19173
19174 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19175 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19176 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19177 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19178 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19179 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19180 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19181 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19182 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19183 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19184 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19185 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19186 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19187 publishing directory.
19188
19189 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19190
19191 ;;;***
19192 \f
19193 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19279
19194 ;;;;;; 5151))
19195 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19196
19197 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19198 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19199 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19200
19201 \(fn)" t nil)
19202
19203 ;;;***
19204 \f
19205 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19206 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19207 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19208
19209 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19210 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19211
19212 \(fn)" nil nil)
19213
19214 ;;;***
19215 \f
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19217 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19279 5151))
19218 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19219
19220 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19221 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19222 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19223 fontified, and then returned.
19224
19225 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19226
19227 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19228 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19229
19230 \(fn)" nil nil)
19231
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19235 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19236 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19237 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19279 5151))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19239
19240 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19241 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19242 This function can be used in batch processing.
19243
19244 For example:
19245
19246 $ emacs --batch
19247 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19248 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19249
19250 \(fn)" nil nil)
19251
19252 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19253 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19254 No file is created.
19255
19256 \(fn)" t nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19259 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19260 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19261 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19262 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19263 then use this command to convert it.
19264
19265 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19268 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19269 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19270 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19271 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19272 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19273 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19274 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19275 could call this function in the following way:
19276
19277 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19278
19279 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19280 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19281
19282 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19283
19284 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19285 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19286
19287 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19288
19289 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19290 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19291
19292 \(fn)" t nil)
19293
19294 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19295 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19296 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19297 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19298 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19299 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19300 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19301 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19302 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19303 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19304 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19305 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19306 publishing directory.
19307
19308 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19309
19310 ;;;***
19311 \f
19312 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19313 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19314 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19316
19317 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19318 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19319 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19320 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19321 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19322
19323 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19324 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19325 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19326
19327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19328
19329 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19330 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19331 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19332 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19333 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19334 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19335 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19336 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19337 command.
19338
19339 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19340
19341 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19342 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19343 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19344 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19345 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19346
19347 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19348 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19349 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19350 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19351
19352 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19353 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19354 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19355
19356 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19357 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19358 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19359 directory.
19360
19361 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19362
19363 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19364 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19365
19366 \(fn)" t nil)
19367
19368 ;;;***
19369 \f
19370 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19371 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19279
19372 ;;;;;; 5151))
19373 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19374
19375 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19376 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19377
19378 \(fn)" t nil)
19379
19380 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19381 Get inbox items from FEED.
19382 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19383 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19384
19385 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19386
19387 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19388 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19389
19390 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19391
19392 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19393 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19394
19395 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19396
19397 ;;;***
19398 \f
19399 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19400 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19279 5151))
19401 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19402
19403 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19404 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19405 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19406 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19407 create a new footnote, interactively.
19408 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19409
19410 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19411
19412 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19413 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19414 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19415 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19416 Org-mode exporters.
19417 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19418 referenced sequence.
19419
19420 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19421
19422 ;;;***
19423 \f
19424 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19425 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19426 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19427 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19323 49698))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19429
19430 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19431 Not documented
19432
19433 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19434
19435 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19436 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19437
19438 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19439
19440 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19441 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19442
19443 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19444
19445 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19446 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19447
19448 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19449
19450 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19451 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19452
19453 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19454
19455 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19456 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19457
19458 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19459
19460 ;;;***
19461 \f
19462 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19463 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19464 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19465 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19279 5151))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19467
19468 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19469
19470 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19471
19472 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19473
19474 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19475 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19476 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19477 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19478 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19479
19480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19481
19482 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19483 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19484 emacs --batch
19485 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19486 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19487 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19488
19489 \(fn)" nil nil)
19490
19491 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19492 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19493 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19494
19495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19496
19497 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19498 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19499 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19500 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19501 command to convert it.
19502
19503 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19504
19505 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19506 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19507 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19508 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19509 cut-and-paste operations.
19510 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19511 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19512 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19513 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19514
19515 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19516
19517 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19518 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19519
19520 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19521
19522 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19523 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19524 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19525 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19526 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19527 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19528 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19529 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19530 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19531 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19532 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19533 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19534 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19535 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19536 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19537
19538 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19539
19540 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19541 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19542 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19543 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19544 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19545 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19546 need into your CSS file.
19547
19548 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19549 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19550 that uses these same face definitions.
19551
19552 \(fn)" t nil)
19553
19554 ;;;***
19555 \f
19556 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19557 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19558 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19559 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19560
19561 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19562 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19563 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19564 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19565
19566 \(fn)" t nil)
19567
19568 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19569 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19570 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19571 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19572
19573 \(fn)" t nil)
19574
19575 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19576 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19577 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19578
19579 \(fn)" t nil)
19580
19581 ;;;***
19582 \f
19583 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19584 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19585 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19279 5151))
19586 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19587
19588 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19589 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19590 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19591 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19592
19593 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19594
19595 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19596 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19597 Create an ID if necessary.
19598
19599 \(fn)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19602 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19603 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19604 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19605 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19606 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19607 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19608
19609 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19610
19611 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19612 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19613 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19614 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19615 eligible.
19616 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19617
19618 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19619
19620 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19621 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19622 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19623 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19624
19625 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19626
19627 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19628 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19629 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19630
19631 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19632
19633 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19634 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19635 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19636 if there is no entry with that ID.
19637 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19638
19639 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19640
19641 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19642 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19643
19644 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19645
19646 ;;;***
19647 \f
19648 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19649 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19650 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19651
19652 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19653 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19654
19655 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19656 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19657 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19658
19659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19660
19661 ;;;***
19662 \f
19663 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19664 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19665 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19668 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19669
19670 \(fn)" nil nil)
19671
19672 ;;;***
19673 \f
19674 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19675 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19676 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19677 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19678 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19679
19680 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19681 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19682 For example:
19683
19684 emacs --batch
19685 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19686 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19687 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19688
19689 \(fn)" nil nil)
19690
19691 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19692 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19693 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19694
19695 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19696
19697 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19698 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19699 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19700 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19701 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19702 then use this command to convert it.
19703
19704 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19705
19706 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19707 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19708 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19709 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19710 cut-and-paste operations.
19711 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19712 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19713 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19714 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19715
19716 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19717
19718 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19719 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19720
19721 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19722
19723 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19724 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19725 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19726 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19727 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19728 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19729 convert them as description lists.
19730 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19731 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19732 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19733 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19734 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19735 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19736 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19737 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19738 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19739 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19740 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19741
19742 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19743
19744 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19745 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19746
19747 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19748
19749 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19750 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19751
19752 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19753
19754 ;;;***
19755 \f
19756 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19757 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19279
19758 ;;;;;; 5151))
19759 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19760
19761 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19762 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19763 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19764 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19765
19766 \(fn)" t nil)
19767
19768 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19769 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19770 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19771 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19772
19773 \(fn)" t nil)
19774
19775 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19776 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19777
19778 \(fn)" t nil)
19779
19780 ;;;***
19781 \f
19782 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19783 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19784 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19785
19786 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19787 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19788 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19789 line directly before or after the table.
19790
19791 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19792
19793 ;;;***
19794 \f
19795 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19796 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19797 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19798 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19799
19800 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19803 Publish PROJECT.
19804
19805 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19806
19807 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19808 Publish all projects.
19809 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19810 directory and force publishing all files.
19811
19812 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19813
19814 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19815 Publish the current file.
19816 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19817
19818 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19819
19820 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19821 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19822 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19823 the project.
19824
19825 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19826
19827 ;;;***
19828 \f
19829 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19830 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19831 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19279 5151))
19832 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19833
19834 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19835 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19836
19837 \(fn)" nil nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19840 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19841 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19842 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19843 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19844
19845 \(fn)" nil nil)
19846
19847 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19848 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19849 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19850 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19851
19852 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19853
19854 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19855 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19856 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19857 of the remember buffer.
19858
19859 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19860 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19861 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19862 note stored by remember.
19863
19864 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19865 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19866
19867 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19868
19869 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19870 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19871 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19872 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19873 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19874
19875 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19876 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19877 process is used to select the target location.
19878
19879 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19880 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19881
19882 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19883 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19884 currently running.
19885
19886 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19887 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19888 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19889
19890 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19891 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19892 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19893 some additional data.
19894
19895 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19896 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19897 \(i.e. after the stars).
19898
19899 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19900
19901 \(fn)" nil nil)
19902
19903 ;;;***
19904 \f
19905 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19906 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19279 5151))
19907 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19908
19909 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19910 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19911
19912 \(fn)" nil nil)
19913
19914 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19915 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19916
19917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19918
19919 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19920 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19921 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19922 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19923 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19924
19925 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19926
19927 ;;;***
19928 \f
19929 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19930 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19931 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19932 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19933
19934 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19935 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19936 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19937 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19938 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19939 without user interaction.
19940 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19941 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19942 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19943 the region 0:00:00.
19944
19945 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19946
19947 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19948 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19949 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19950 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19951 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19952 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19953 that was not started at the correct moment.
19954
19955 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19956
19957 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19958 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19959
19960 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19961
19962 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19963 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19964
19965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19966
19967 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19968 Set a timer.
19969
19970 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19971
19972 ;;;***
19973 \f
19974 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19975 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
19976 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19977
19978 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19979 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19980 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19981
19982 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19983
19984 ;;;***
19985 \f
19986 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19987 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
19988 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19989 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19990
19991 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19992 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19993 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19994 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19995
19996 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19997 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19998 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19999 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20000
20001 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20002 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20003 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20004 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20005 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20006 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20007
20008 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20009 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20010 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20011
20012 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20013 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20014 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20015 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20016 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20017 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20018 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20019 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20020 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20021 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20022 The subheadings remain visible.
20023 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20024
20025 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20026 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20027 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20028
20029 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20030 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20031
20032 \(fn)" t nil)
20033
20034 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20035 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20036 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20037 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20038
20039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20040 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20041
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19279 5148))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20046
20047 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20048 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20049 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20052 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20053
20054 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20055
20056 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20057 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20058 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20059 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20060
20061 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20062 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20063
20064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20065
20066 ;;;***
20067 \f
20068 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20069 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
20070 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20071 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20072
20073 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20074 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20075 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20076 unknown are returned as nil.
20077
20078 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20079
20080 ;;;***
20081 \f
20082 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19279
20083 ;;;;;; 5151))
20084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20085
20086 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20087 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20088 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20089
20090 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20091 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20092
20093 Other useful functions are:
20094
20095 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20096 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20097 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20098 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20099 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20100 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20101 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20102 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20103 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20104
20105 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20106
20107 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20108 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20109 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20110 Indentation for case statements.
20111 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20112 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20113 mark after an end.
20114 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20115 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20116 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20117 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20118 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20119 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20120 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20121 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20122 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20123 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20124
20125 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20126 pascal-separator-keywords.
20127
20128 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20129 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20130
20131 \(fn)" t nil)
20132
20133 ;;;***
20134 \f
20135 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20136 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19365 25156))
20137 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20138
20139 (defvar password-cache t "\
20140 Whether to cache passwords.")
20141
20142 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20143
20144 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20145 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20146 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20147
20148 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20149
20150 ;;;***
20151 \f
20152 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20153 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
20154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20155
20156 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20157 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20158 The keys affected are:
20159 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20160 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20161 M-Backspace does undo.
20162 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20163 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20164 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20165
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20167
20168 ;;;***
20169 \f
20170 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20171 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
20172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20173
20174 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20175 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20176 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20179 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20180
20181 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20182
20183 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20184 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20185
20186 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20187
20188 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20189 which modify the status of the mark.
20190
20191 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20192 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20193
20194 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20195 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20196
20197 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20198 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20199 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20200 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20201 turning PC Selection mode on.
20202
20203 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20204 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20205
20206 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20207 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20208 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20209
20210 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20211 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20212 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20213
20214 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20215 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20216
20217 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20218 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20219 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20220
20221 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20222 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20223 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20224
20225 F6 other-window
20226 DELETE delete-char
20227 C-DELETE kill-line
20228 M-DELETE kill-word
20229 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20230 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20231 M-BACKSPACE undo
20232
20233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20234
20235 ;;;***
20236 \f
20237 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19279
20238 ;;;;;; 5148))
20239 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20240
20241 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20242 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20243
20244 \(fn)" nil nil)
20245
20246 ;;;***
20247 \f
20248 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20249 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19279 5148))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20251
20252 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20253 Completion for `gzip'.
20254
20255 \(fn)" nil nil)
20256
20257 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20258 Completion for `bzip2'.
20259
20260 \(fn)" nil nil)
20261
20262 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20263 Completion for GNU `make'.
20264
20265 \(fn)" nil nil)
20266
20267 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20268 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20269
20270 \(fn)" nil nil)
20271
20272 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20273
20274 ;;;***
20275 \f
20276 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20277 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19279 5148))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20279
20280 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20281 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20282
20283 \(fn)" nil nil)
20284
20285 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20286 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20287
20288 \(fn)" nil nil)
20289
20290 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20291 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20292
20293 \(fn)" nil nil)
20294
20295 ;;;***
20296 \f
20297 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19279
20298 ;;;;;; 5148))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20300
20301 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20302 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20303
20304 \(fn)" nil nil)
20305
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20309 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20310 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19282 55646))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20312
20313 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20314 Completion for `cd'.
20315
20316 \(fn)" nil nil)
20317
20318 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20319
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20321 Completion for `rmdir'.
20322
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20324
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20326 Completion for `rm'.
20327
20328 \(fn)" nil nil)
20329
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20331 Completion for `xargs'.
20332
20333 \(fn)" nil nil)
20334
20335 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20336
20337 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20338 Completion for `which'.
20339
20340 \(fn)" nil nil)
20341
20342 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20343 Completion for the `chown' command.
20344
20345 \(fn)" nil nil)
20346
20347 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20348 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20349
20350 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20353 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20354
20355 \(fn)" nil nil)
20356
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20358 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20359 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20360
20361 \(fn)" nil nil)
20362
20363 ;;;***
20364 \f
20365 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20366 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20367 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19279
20368 ;;;;;; 5148))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20370
20371 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20372 Support extensible programmable completion.
20373 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20374 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20375
20376 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20377
20378 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20379 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20380
20381 \(fn)" t nil)
20382
20383 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20384 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20385 This will modify the current buffer.
20386
20387 \(fn)" t nil)
20388
20389 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20390 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20391
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20393
20394 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20395 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20396 This will modify the current buffer.
20397
20398 \(fn)" t nil)
20399
20400 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20401 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20402
20403 \(fn)" t nil)
20404
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20406 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20407
20408 \(fn)" t nil)
20409
20410 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20411 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20412 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20413 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20414 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20415
20416 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20417
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20419 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20420
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20422
20423 ;;;***
20424 \f
20425 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20426 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20427 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19279 5148))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20429
20430 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20431 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20432 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20433 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20434
20435 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20436
20437 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20438
20439 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20440 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20441 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20442 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20443 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20444 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20445 FLAGS is ignored.
20446
20447 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20448
20449 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20450 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20451 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20452 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20453 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20454 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20455 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20456 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20457
20458 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20459
20460 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20461 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20462 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20463 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20464 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20465 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20466 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20467 passed to cvs.
20468
20469 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20470
20471 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20472 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20473 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20474 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20475 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20476 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20477 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20478
20479 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20480
20481 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20482 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20483 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20484
20485 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20486
20487 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20488 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20489 A value of nil means never do it.
20490 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20491 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20492 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20493
20494 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20495
20496 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20497 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20498 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20499
20500 ;;;***
20501 \f
20502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19279 5148))
20503 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20504
20505 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20506
20507 ;;;***
20508 \f
20509 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20510 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20512 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20513 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20514 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20515 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20516 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20517 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20518
20519 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20520 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20521 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20522 Tab indents for Perl code.
20523 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20524 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20525 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20526 \\{perl-mode-map}
20527 Variables controlling indentation style:
20528 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20529 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20530 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20531 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20532 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20533 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20534 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20535 `perl-nochange'
20536 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20537 `perl-indent-level'
20538 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20539 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20540 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20541 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20542 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20543 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20544 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20545 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20546 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20547 `perl-brace-offset'
20548 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20549 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20550 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20551 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20552 `perl-label-offset'
20553 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20554 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20555 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20556
20557 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20558 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20559 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20560 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20561 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20562 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20563 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20564
20565 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20566
20567 \(fn)" t nil)
20568
20569 ;;;***
20570 \f
20571 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20572 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20573 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20574 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19279 5148))
20575 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20576
20577 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20578 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20579
20580 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20581
20582 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20583 passphrase cache or user.
20584
20585 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20586
20587 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20588 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20589
20590 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20591 cache or user.
20592
20593 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20594
20595 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20596 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20597
20598 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20599 the region.
20600
20601 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20602 passphrase cache or user.
20603
20604 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20605
20606 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20607 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20608
20609 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20610
20611 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20612 the region.
20613
20614 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20615 passphrase cache or user.
20616
20617 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20620 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20621
20622 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20623 passphrase cache or user.
20624
20625 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20626
20627 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20628 Decrypt the current buffer.
20629
20630 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20631 the region.
20632
20633 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20634 passphrase cache or user.
20635
20636 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20637
20638 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20639 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20640
20641 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20642 a detached signature.
20643
20644 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20645 and the output is displayed.
20646
20647 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20648 passphrase cache or user.
20649
20650 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20651
20652 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20653 Sign the current buffer.
20654
20655 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20656 detached signature.
20657
20658 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20659 within the region.
20660
20661 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20662 and the output is displayed.
20663
20664 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20665 passphrase cache or user.
20666
20667 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20668
20669 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20670 Verify the current region between START and END.
20671 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20672 the detached signature of the current region.
20673
20674 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20675 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20676
20677 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20678
20679 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20680 Verify the current buffer.
20681 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20682 the detached signature of the current region.
20683 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20684 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20685 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20686 within the region.
20687
20688 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20689
20690 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20691 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20692
20693 \(fn)" t nil)
20694
20695 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20696 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20697
20698 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20699
20700 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20701 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20702
20703 \(fn)" t nil)
20704
20705 ;;;***
20706 \f
20707 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20708 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
20709 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20710
20711 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20712 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20713
20714 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20715
20716 ;;;***
20717 \f
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20719 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20721
20722 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20723 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20724 \\<picture-mode-map>
20725 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20726 afterwards settable by these commands:
20727
20728 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20729 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20730 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20731 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20732
20733 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20734 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20735 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20736 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20737
20738 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20739 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20740 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20741 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20742
20743 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20744 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20745 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20746 with these commands:
20747
20748 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20749 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20750 Move to column following last
20751 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20752 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20753 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20754 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20755 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20756 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20757
20758 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20759
20760 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20761 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20762 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20763 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20764 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20765 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20766
20767 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20768 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20769 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20770 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20771 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20772 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20773 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20774
20775 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20776 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20777 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20778 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20779 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20780 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20781 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20782 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20783
20784 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20785 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20786 by supplying an argument.
20787
20788 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20789
20790 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20791 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20792
20793 \(fn)" t nil)
20794
20795 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20796
20797 ;;;***
20798 \f
20799 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20800 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
20801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20802
20803 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20804 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20805 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20806
20807 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20808
20809 ;;;***
20810 \f
20811 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19279 5151))
20812 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20813
20814 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20815 Play pong and waste time.
20816 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20817 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20818
20819 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20820
20821 \\{pong-mode-map}
20822
20823 \(fn)" t nil)
20824
20825 ;;;***
20826 \f
20827 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20828 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20829 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20831
20832 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20833 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20834 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20835 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20836
20837 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20838
20839 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20840 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20841
20842 \(fn)" nil nil)
20843
20844 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20845 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20846 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20847 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20848 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20849
20850 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20851
20852 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20853 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20854 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20855
20856 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20857
20858 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20859 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20860
20861 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20862
20863 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20864 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20865 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20866 Ignores leading comment characters.
20867
20868 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20869
20870 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20871 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20872 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20873 Ignores leading comment characters.
20874
20875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20876
20877 ;;;***
20878 \f
20879 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20880 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20881 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20882 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20883 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20884 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20885 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20886 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20887 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20888 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20889 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20890 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20891 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20892 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20893 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20894 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20895 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20896 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20897 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
20898 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20899
20900 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20901 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20902
20903 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20904
20905 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20906
20907 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20910 Preview directory using ghostview.
20911
20912 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20913 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20914 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20915 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20916
20917 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20918 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20919 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20920 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20921 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20922 file name.
20923
20924 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20925
20926 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20927
20928 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20929 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20930
20931 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20932 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20933 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20934 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20935
20936 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20937 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20938 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20939 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20940 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20941 file name.
20942
20943 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20944
20945 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20946
20947 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20948 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20949
20950 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20951 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20952 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20953 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20954
20955 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20956 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20957 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20958 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20959 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20960 file name.
20961
20962 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20963
20964 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20965
20966 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20967 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20968
20969 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20970
20971 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20972 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20973 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20974 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20975
20976 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20977 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20978 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20979 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20980 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20981 file name.
20982
20983 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20984
20985 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20988 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20989
20990 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20991 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20992 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20993
20994 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20995 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20996 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20997 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20998
20999 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21002 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21003
21004 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21005 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21006 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21007
21008 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21009 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21010 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21011 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21012
21013 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21016 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21017
21018 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21019 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21020 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21021
21022 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21023 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21024 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21025 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21026
21027 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21030 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21031
21032 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21033
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21035 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21036 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21037
21038 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21039 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21040 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21041 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21042
21043 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21046 Preview region using ghostview.
21047
21048 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21049
21050 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21051
21052 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21053 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21054
21055 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21056
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21060 Print region using PostScript printer.
21061
21062 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21063
21064 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21065
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21067 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21068
21069 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21070
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21074 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21075
21076 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21077
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21079
21080 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21081 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21082
21083 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21084
21085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086
21087 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21088 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21089
21090 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21091
21092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21093
21094 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21095 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21096
21097 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21098
21099 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21100
21101 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21102 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21103 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21104 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21105
21106 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21107 matching.
21108
21109 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21110 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21111
21112 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21113
21114 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21115
21116 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21117 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21118 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21119 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21120
21121 \(fn)" t nil)
21122
21123 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21124 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21125 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21126 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21127
21128 \(fn)" t nil)
21129
21130 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21131 Print directory using text printer.
21132
21133 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21134 matching.
21135
21136 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21137 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21138
21139 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21140
21141 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21144 Print buffer using text printer.
21145
21146 \(fn)" t nil)
21147
21148 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21149 Print region using text printer.
21150
21151 \(fn)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21154 Print major mode using text printer.
21155
21156 \(fn)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21159 Preview spooled PostScript.
21160
21161 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21162 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21163 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21164
21165 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21166 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21167 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21168
21169 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21170
21171 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21172 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21173
21174 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21175 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21176 instead of sending it to the printer.
21177
21178 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21179 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21180 image in a file with that name.
21181
21182 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21185 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21186
21187 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21188 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21189 instead of sending it to the printer.
21190
21191 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21192 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21193 image in a file with that name.
21194
21195 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21196
21197 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21198 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21199
21200 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21201 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21202 instead of sending it to the printer.
21203
21204 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21205 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21206 image in a file with that name.
21207
21208 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21209
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21211 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21212
21213 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21214
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21216 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21217
21218 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21221 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21222
21223 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21224
21225 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21226 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21227
21228 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21229
21230 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21231 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21232
21233 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21234
21235 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21236 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21237
21238 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21239 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21240 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21241 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21242
21243 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21244 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21245 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21246 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21247 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21248 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21249 file name.
21250
21251 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21254 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21255
21256 \(fn)" t nil)
21257
21258 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21259 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21260
21261 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21262 right.
21263 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21264 bottom.
21265
21266 \(fn)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21269 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21270
21271 \(fn)" t nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21274 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21275
21276 \(fn)" t nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21279 Toggle printing with faces.
21280
21281 \(fn)" t nil)
21282
21283 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21284 Toggle spooling.
21285
21286 \(fn)" t nil)
21287
21288 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21289 Toggle duplex.
21290
21291 \(fn)" t nil)
21292
21293 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21294 Toggle tumble.
21295
21296 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21297 right.
21298 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21299 bottom.
21300
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21304 Toggle landscape.
21305
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21307
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21309 Toggle upside-down.
21310
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21314 Toggle line number.
21315
21316 \(fn)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21319 Toggle zebra stripes.
21320
21321 \(fn)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21324 Toggle printing header.
21325
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21327
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21329 Toggle printing header frame.
21330
21331 \(fn)" t nil)
21332
21333 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21334 Toggle menu lock.
21335
21336 \(fn)" t nil)
21337
21338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21339 Toggle auto region.
21340
21341 \(fn)" t nil)
21342
21343 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21344 Toggle auto mode.
21345
21346 \(fn)" t nil)
21347
21348 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21349 Customization of the `printing' group.
21350
21351 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21352
21353 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21354 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21355
21356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21357
21358 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21359 Help for the printing package.
21360
21361 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21362
21363 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21364 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21365
21366 \(fn)" t nil)
21367
21368 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21369 Interactively select a text printer.
21370
21371 \(fn)" t nil)
21372
21373 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21374 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21375
21376 \(fn)" t nil)
21377
21378 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21379 Show current ps-print settings.
21380
21381 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21382
21383 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21384 Show current printing settings.
21385
21386 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21387
21388 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21389 Show current lpr settings.
21390
21391 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21392
21393 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21394 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21395
21396 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21397 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21398 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21399 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21400
21401
21402 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21403
21404 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21405 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21406 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21407
21408 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21409 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21410 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21411 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21412 current active printer.
21413
21414 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21415 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21416 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21417 printer.
21418
21419 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21420 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21421 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21422 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21423 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21424
21425
21426 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21427 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21428
21429 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21430
21431 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21432 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21433 be done using the new current active printer.
21434
21435 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21436 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21437 printer.
21438
21439 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21440 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21441 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21442 instead of sending it to the printer.
21443
21444 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21445 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21446 printer.
21447
21448 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21449
21450
21451 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21452 are both set to t.
21453
21454 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21457 Fast fire function for text printing.
21458
21459 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21460 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21461 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21462 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21463
21464 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21465 user for a new active text printer.
21466
21467 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21468
21469 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21470
21471 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21472 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21473 printer.
21474
21475 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21476
21477 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21478 are both set to t.
21479
21480 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21481
21482 ;;;***
21483 \f
21484 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19279 5148))
21485 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21486
21487 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21488 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21489 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21490 information will be displayed but not selected.
21491 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21492
21493 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21494
21495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21496
21497 ;;;***
21498 \f
21499 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21500 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
21501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21502
21503 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21504 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21505 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21506 Commands:
21507 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21508 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21509 if that value is non-nil.
21510
21511 \(fn)" t nil)
21512
21513 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21514
21515 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21516 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21517 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21518
21519 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21520
21521 ;;;***
21522 \f
21523 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19279
21524 ;;;;;; 5148))
21525 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21526
21527 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21528 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21529 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21530
21531 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21532
21533 ;;;***
21534 \f
21535 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19279
21536 ;;;;;; 5151))
21537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21538
21539 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21540 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21541
21542 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21543
21544 The following variables hold user options, and can
21545 be set through the `customize' command:
21546
21547 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21548 `ps-mode-tab'
21549 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21550 `ps-mode-print-function'
21551 `ps-run-prompt'
21552 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21553 `ps-run-x'
21554 `ps-run-dumb'
21555 `ps-run-init'
21556 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21557 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21558
21559 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21560
21561
21562 \\{ps-mode-map}
21563
21564
21565 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21566 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21567 The keymap for this second window is:
21568
21569 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21570
21571
21572 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21573 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21574 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21575 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21576 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21577
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21579
21580 ;;;***
21581 \f
21582 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21583 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21584 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21585 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21586 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21587 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19356
21588 ;;;;;; 10801))
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21590
21591 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21592 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21593 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21594
21595 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21596
21597 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21598 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21599 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21600 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21601
21602 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21603
21604 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21605 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21606
21607 Valid values are:
21608
21609 nil Do not print colors.
21610
21611 t Print colors.
21612
21613 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21614 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21615
21616 Any other value is treated as t.")
21617
21618 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21619
21620 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21621 Customization of ps-print group.
21622
21623 \(fn)" t nil)
21624
21625 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21626 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21627
21628 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21629 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21630 sending it to the printer.
21631
21632 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21633 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21634 image in a file with that name.
21635
21636 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21637
21638 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21639 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21640 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21641 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21642 so it has a way to determine color values.
21643
21644 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21645
21646 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21647 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21648 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21649
21650 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21651
21652 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21653 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21654 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21655 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21656 so it has a way to determine color values.
21657
21658 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21659
21660 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21661 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21662 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21663 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21664
21665 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21666
21667 \(fn)" t nil)
21668
21669 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21670 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21671 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21672 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21673 so it has a way to determine color values.
21674
21675 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21676
21677 \(fn)" t nil)
21678
21679 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21680 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21681 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21682
21683 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21684
21685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21689 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21690 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21691 so it has a way to determine color values.
21692
21693 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21694
21695 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21696
21697 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21698 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21699
21700 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21701 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21702 instead of sending it to the printer.
21703
21704 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21705 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21706 image in a file with that name.
21707
21708 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21709
21710 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21711 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21712 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21713 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21714 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21715
21716 \(fn)" t nil)
21717
21718 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21719 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21720 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21721
21722 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21723
21724 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21725 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21726 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21727
21728 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21731 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21732
21733 \(fn)" nil nil)
21734
21735 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21736 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21737
21738 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21739 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21740
21741 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21742 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21743
21744 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21745
21746 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21747
21748 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21749
21750 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21751 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21752
21753 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21754 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21755
21756 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21757 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21758
21759 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21760
21761 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21762
21763 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21764
21765 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21766 foreground and background colors respectively.
21767
21768 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21769 bold - use bold font.
21770 italic - use italic font.
21771 underline - put a line under text.
21772 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21773 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21774 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21775 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21776 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21777
21778 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21779
21780 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21781
21782 ;;;***
21783 \f
21784 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21785 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19338 9841))
21786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21787
21788 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21789
21790 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21791
21792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21793
21794 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21795 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21796 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21797 buffer automatically.
21798
21799 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21800 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21801 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21802 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21803 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21804 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21805 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21806
21807 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21808 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21809 buffer for a list of commands.)
21810
21811 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21814 Major mode for editing Python files.
21815 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21816 for correct parsing of the source.
21817 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21818 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21819 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21820
21821 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21822 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21823 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21824 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21825 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21826 \\<python-mode-map>
21827 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21828 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21829 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21830 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21831 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21832 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21833
21834 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21835 effect outside them.
21836
21837 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21838 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21839 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21840 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21841 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21842 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21843 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21844 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21845 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21846
21847 \\{python-mode-map}
21848
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21852 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21853 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21854 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21855
21856 \(fn)" t nil)
21857
21858 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21859 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21860 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21861 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21862 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21863 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21864
21865 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21866 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21867 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21868 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21869 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21870 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21871 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21872
21873 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21874 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21875 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21876 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21877 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21878
21879 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21880 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21881 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21882 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21883 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21884 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21885 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21886 mode.
21887
21888 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21889 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21890 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21891 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21892 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21893 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21894 filter.
21895
21896 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21897
21898 ;;;***
21899 \f
21900 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21901 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
21902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21903
21904 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21905 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21906 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21907 coding-system.
21908
21909 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21910 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21911
21912 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21913 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21914 them into characters should be done separately.
21915
21916 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21917
21918 ;;;***
21919 \f
21920 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21921 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21922 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21923 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21924 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19279 5150))
21925 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21926
21927 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21928 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21929
21930 \(fn)" nil nil)
21931
21932 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21933 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21934 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21935
21936 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21937 `quail-activate', which see.
21938
21939 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21940
21941 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21942 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21943 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21944 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21945 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21946 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21947 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21948
21949 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21950 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21951 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21952 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21953 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21954 shown.
21955 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21956
21957 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21958 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21959 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21960 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21961 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21962 list of candidates.
21963
21964 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21965 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21966 command to be called.
21967
21968 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21969 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21970 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21971 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21972
21973 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21974 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21975 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21976 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21977 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21978 to t.
21979
21980 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21981 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21982 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21983 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21984
21985 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21986 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21987 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21988 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21989
21990 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21991 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21992 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21993 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21994 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21995 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21996
21997 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21998 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21999 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22000 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22001 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22002 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22003
22004 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22005 covers Quail translation region.
22006
22007 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22008 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22009 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22010 for it) is inserted.
22011
22012 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22013 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22014 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22015
22016 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22017 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22018 non-Quail commands.
22019
22020 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22021
22022 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22023 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22024
22025 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22026 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22027 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22028 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22029 you type is correctly handled.
22030
22031 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22032
22033 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22034 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22035
22036 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22037 keyboard type.
22038
22039 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22040
22041 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22042 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22043 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22044 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22045 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22046 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22047 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22048 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22049 for the translation.
22050 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22051
22052 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22053 it is used to handle KEY.
22054
22055 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22056 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22057 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22058 the following annotation types are supported.
22059
22060 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22061 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22062
22063 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22064 candidate list.
22065
22066 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22067 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22068 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22069 inserted.
22070
22071 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22072 generated for the following translations.
22073
22074 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22075
22076 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22077 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22078
22079 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22080 which to install MAP.
22081
22082 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22083
22084 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22085
22086 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22087 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22088
22089 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22090 which to install MAP.
22091
22092 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22093
22094 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22095
22096 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22097 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22098 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22099 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22100 a function, or a cons.
22101 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22102 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22103 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22104 for the translation.
22105 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22106 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22107 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22108 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22109 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22110
22111 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22112 it is used to handle KEY.
22113
22114 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22115 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22116 current Quail package.
22117
22118 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22119 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22120
22121 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22122
22123 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22124 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22125
22126 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22127 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22128
22129 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22130
22131 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22132 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22133
22134 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22135
22136 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22137 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22138 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22139 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22140 of the Emacs source tree.
22141
22142 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22143 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22144
22145 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22146 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22147 of each directory.
22148
22149 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22150
22151 ;;;***
22152 \f
22153 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22154 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22155 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19279
22156 ;;;;;; 5151))
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22158
22159 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22160 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22161 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22162 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22163
22164 To make use of this do something like:
22165
22166 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22167
22168 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22169
22170 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22171 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22172
22173 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22174 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22175 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22176
22177 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178
22179 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22180 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22181
22182 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183
22184 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22185 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22186
22187 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22188 is decided.
22189
22190 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22191
22192 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22193 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22194
22195 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22196 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22197 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22198
22199 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22200
22201 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22202 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22203
22204 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22205
22206 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22207 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22208
22209 \(fn)" t nil)
22210
22211 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22212 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22213
22214 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22215
22216 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22217
22218 \(fn)" t nil)
22219
22220 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22221 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22222
22223 \(fn)" t nil)
22224
22225 ;;;***
22226 \f
22227 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22228 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19279 5151))
22229 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22230
22231 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22232 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22233
22234 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22235
22236 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22237
22238 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22239
22240 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22241
22242 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22243 Not documented
22244
22245 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22246
22247 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22248 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22249 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22251 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22252 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22253
22254 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22255
22256 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22257 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22258
22259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22260
22261 ;;;***
22262 \f
22263 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19279
22264 ;;;;;; 5151))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22266
22267 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22268 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22269 See \\[compile].
22270
22271 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22272
22273 ;;;***
22274 \f
22275 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22276 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22278
22279 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22280
22281 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22282 Construct a regexp interactively.
22283
22284 \(fn)" t nil)
22285
22286 ;;;***
22287 \f
22288 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19279 5148))
22289 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22290
22291 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22292 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22293 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22295 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22296 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22297
22298 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22299
22300 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22301 Toggle recentf mode.
22302 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22303 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22304
22305 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22306 that were operated on recently.
22307
22308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22309
22310 ;;;***
22311 \f
22312 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22313 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22314 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22315 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19279
22316 ;;;;;; 5148))
22317 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22318 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22319 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22320 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22321 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22322 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22323 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22324
22325 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22326 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22327 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22328 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22329
22330 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22331
22332 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22333
22334 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22335 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22336 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22337 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22338 ends.
22339
22340 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22341 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22342 to be deleted.
22343
22344 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22345
22346 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22347 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22348 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22349
22350 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22351 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22352 deleted.
22353
22354 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22355
22356 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22357 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22358 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22359
22360 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22361
22362 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22363 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22364
22365 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22366 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22367
22368 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22369 deleted.
22370
22371 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22372 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22373 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22374 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22375 even beep.)
22376
22377 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22378
22379 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22380 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22381
22382 \(fn)" t nil)
22383
22384 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22385 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22386 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22387 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22388 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22389 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22390 and point is at the lower right corner.
22391
22392 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22393
22394 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22395 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22396
22397 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22398 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22399
22400 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22401 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22402 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22403
22404 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22405
22406 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22407
22408 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22409 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22410 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22411 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22412 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22413
22414 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22415 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22416
22417 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22418
22419 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22420 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22421 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22422
22423 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22424
22425 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22426
22427 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22428
22429 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22430 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22431
22432 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22433 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22434 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22435
22436 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22437
22438 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22439 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22440 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22441
22442 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22443 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22444 rectangle which were empty.
22445
22446 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22447
22448 ;;;***
22449 \f
22450 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19279
22451 ;;;;;; 5152))
22452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22453
22454 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22455 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22456 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22457
22458 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22459 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22460 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22461
22462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22463
22464 ;;;***
22465 \f
22466 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22467 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19279 5152))
22468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22469
22470 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22471 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22472
22473 \(fn)" nil nil)
22474
22475 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22476 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22477
22478 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22479 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22480
22481 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22482 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22483 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22484 \\ref macro.
22485
22486 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22487 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22488 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22489
22490 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22491 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22492 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22493
22494 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22495 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22496
22497 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22498 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22499
22500 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22501 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22502 on the menu bar.
22503
22504 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22505
22506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22509 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22510 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22511
22512 \(fn)" nil nil)
22513
22514 ;;;***
22515 \f
22516 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22517 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22519
22520 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22521 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22522 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22523 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22524 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22525 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22526
22527 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22528
22529 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22530
22531 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22532 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22533 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22534 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22535 `reftex-cite-format'.
22536
22537 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22538 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22539 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22540 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22541
22542 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22543
22544 ;;;***
22545 \f
22546 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22547 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22549
22550 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22551 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22552 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22553 the current TeX document.
22554
22555 With no argument, this command toggles
22556 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22557 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22558
22559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22560
22561 ;;;***
22562 \f
22563 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22564 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22566
22567 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22568 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22569 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22570
22571 To insert new phrases, use
22572 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22573 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22574
22575 To index phrases use one of:
22576
22577 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22578 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22579 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22580 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22581 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22582
22583 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22584 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22585
22586 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22587
22588 Here are all local bindings.
22589
22590 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22591
22592 \(fn)" t nil)
22593
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22597 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22599
22600 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22601 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22602 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22603 of master file.
22604
22605 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22606
22607 ;;;***
22608 \f
22609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19370
22610 ;;;;;; 36541))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22612 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22613 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22614 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22615 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22616
22617 ;;;***
22618 \f
22619 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22620 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22622
22623 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22624 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22625 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22626 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22627 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22628 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22629
22630 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22631 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22632
22633 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22634 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22635
22636 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22637
22638 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22639 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22640 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22641 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22642
22643 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22644
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22648 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22649 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
22650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22651
22652 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22653 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22654 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22655 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22656
22657 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22658
22659 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22660
22661 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22662 Call `remember' in another frame.
22663
22664 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22665
22666 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22667 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22668 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22669 application.
22670
22671 \(fn)" t nil)
22672
22673 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22674 Extract diary entries from the region.
22675
22676 \(fn)" nil nil)
22677
22678 ;;;***
22679 \f
22680 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19279 5148))
22681 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22682
22683 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22684 Repeat most recently executed command.
22685 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22686 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22687 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22688
22689 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22690 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22691 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22692 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22693
22694 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22695 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22696 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22697
22698 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22699
22700 ;;;***
22701 \f
22702 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22703 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
22704 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22705
22706 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22707 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22708
22709 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22710 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22711 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22712 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22713 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22714 and point is left after the salutation.
22715
22716 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22717 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22718 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22719 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22720 left after that text.
22721
22722 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22723 is non-nil.
22724
22725 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22726 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22727 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22728 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22729
22730 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22731
22732 ;;;***
22733 \f
22734 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22735 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22737
22738 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22739 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22740 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22741 visibility of comments that precede it.
22742 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22743 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22744 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22745 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22746 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22747 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22748 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22749 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22750 the comment lines.
22751 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22752 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22753 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22754 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22755 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22756
22757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22758
22759 ;;;***
22760 \f
22761 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22762 ;;;;;; (19356 10801))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22764
22765 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22766 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22767 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22768
22769 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22770 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22771 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22772
22773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22774
22775 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22776 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22777 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22779 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22780 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22781
22782 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22783
22784 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22785 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22786 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22787
22788 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22789 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22790 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22791
22792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22793
22794 ;;;***
22795 \f
22796 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22797 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
22798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22799
22800 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22801 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22802
22803 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22804
22805 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22806 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22807
22808 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22809
22810 ;;;***
22811 \f
22812 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19279 5151))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22814 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22815
22816 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22817 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22818 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22819 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22820
22821 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22822
22823 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22824 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22825 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22826 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22827
22828 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22829 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22830
22831 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22832 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22833
22834 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22835 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22836 INPUT-ARGS.
22837
22838 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22839 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22840 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22841 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22842 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22843
22844 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22845 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22846 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22847 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22848
22849 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22850 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22851 variable.
22852
22853 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22854
22855 ;;;***
22856 \f
22857 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22858 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22859 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22860 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22861 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22862 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19370
22863 ;;;;;; 36541))
22864 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22865
22866 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22867 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22868 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22869
22870 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22871
22872 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22873 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22874 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22875 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22876 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22877 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22878 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22879
22880 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22881 sent by you under different user names.
22882 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22883
22884 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22885
22886 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22887
22888 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22889 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22890 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22891 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22892 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22893
22894 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22895 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22896
22897 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22898
22899 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22900 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22901 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22902 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22903 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22904 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22905 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22906
22907 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22908 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22909 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22910 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22911 which normally happens once for each message,
22912 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22913 To make a change in this variable take effect
22914 for a message that you have already viewed,
22915 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22916
22917 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22918
22919 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22920 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22921 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22922 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22923
22924 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22925
22926 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22927 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22928
22929 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22930
22931 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22932 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22933 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22934
22935 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22936
22937 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22938 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22939 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22940 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22941 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22942 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22943
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22945
22946 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22947 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22948
22949 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22950
22951 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22952 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22953
22954 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22955
22956 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22957 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22958
22959 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22960 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22961
22962 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22963
22964 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22965 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22966
22967 This is set to nil by default.")
22968
22969 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22970 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22971 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22972 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22973 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22974 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22975 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22976
22977 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22978 Read and edit incoming mail.
22979 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22980 file in RMAIL Mode.
22981 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22982
22983 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22984 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22985 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22986 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22987
22988 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22989
22990 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22991
22992 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22993 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22994 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22995 Instead, these commands are available:
22996
22997 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22998 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22999 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23000 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23001 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23002 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23003 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23004 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23005 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23006 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23007 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23008 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23009 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23010 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23011 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23012 till a deleted message is found.
23013 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23014 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23015 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23016 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23017 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23018 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23019 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23020 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23021 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23022 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23023 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23024 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23025 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23026 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23027 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23028 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23029 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23030 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23031 (label defaults to last one specified).
23032 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23033 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23034 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23035 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23036 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23037 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23038 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23039 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23040 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23041
23042 \(fn)" t nil)
23043
23044 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23045 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23046
23047 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23048
23049 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23050 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23051
23052 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23053
23054 ;;;***
23055 \f
23056 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23057 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19279 5150))
23058 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23059 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23060
23061 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23062 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23063 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23064 case it writes Babyl.
23065
23066 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23067 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23068 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23069 `rmail-default-file'.
23070
23071 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23072 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23073 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23074
23075 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23076 the header display is currently pruned.
23077
23078 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23079 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23080 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23081 messages after output.
23082
23083 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23084 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23085 message (if writing a file directly).
23086
23087 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23088 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23089
23090 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23091
23092 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23093 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23094 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23095 i) the header is output as currently seen
23096 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23097 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23098
23099 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23100 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23101 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23102
23103 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23104
23105 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23106 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23107 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23108 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23109 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23110 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23111 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23112
23113 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23114 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23115 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23116
23117 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23118
23119 ;;;***
23120 \f
23121 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23122 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23123 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23124
23125 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23126 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23127 Return a pattern.
23128
23129 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23130
23131 ;;;***
23132 \f
23133 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23134 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23135 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23136
23137 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23138 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23139 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23140 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23141
23142 \(fn)" t nil)
23143
23144 ;;;***
23145 \f
23146 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23147 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23148 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23149
23150 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23151 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23152
23153 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23154 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23155 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23156 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23157 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23158 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23159 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23160 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23161 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23162 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23163
23164 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23165 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23166 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23167 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23168 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23169 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23170 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23171 to use for finding the schema.
23172
23173 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23174
23175 ;;;***
23176 \f
23177 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19279
23178 ;;;;;; 5151))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23180
23181 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23182
23183 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23184 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23185 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23186 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23187 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23188 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23189 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23190 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23191 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23192 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23193 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23194 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23195 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23196 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23197 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23198 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23199 must be equal.
23200
23201 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23202
23203 ;;;***
23204 \f
23205 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23206 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19279 5150))
23207 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23208
23209 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23210 Define a robin package.
23211
23212 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23213 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23214 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23215 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23216
23217 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23218 one replaces the old one.
23219
23220 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23221
23222 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23223 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23224
23225 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23226 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23227 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23228
23229 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23230
23231 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23232 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23233
23234 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23235
23236 ;;;***
23237 \f
23238 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23239 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19279 5148))
23240 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23241
23242 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23243 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23244
23245 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23246
23247 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23248 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23249
23250 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23251
23252 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23253 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23254
23255 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23256
23257 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23258 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23259 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23260
23261 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23262 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23263 in ROT13.
23264
23265 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23266
23267 \(fn)" t nil)
23268
23269 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23270 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23271
23272 \(fn)" t nil)
23273
23274 ;;;***
23275 \f
23276 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23277 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23280
23281 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23282 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23283 \\<rst-mode-map>
23284 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23285 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23286 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23287 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23288 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23289
23290 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23291 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23292 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23293 font-locking of blocks.
23294
23295 \\{rst-mode-map}
23296
23297 \(fn)" t nil)
23298
23299 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23300 ReST Minor Mode.
23301 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23302 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23303 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23304 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23305
23306 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23307 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23308 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23309
23310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23311
23312 ;;;***
23313 \f
23314 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23315 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23316 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23317
23318 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23319 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23320 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23321 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23322 nesting into account.
23323
23324 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23325
23326 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23327
23328 \(fn)" t nil)
23329
23330 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23331
23332 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23333
23334 ;;;***
23335 \f
23336 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19279
23337 ;;;;;; 5148))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23339
23340 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23341 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23342
23343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23344
23345 ;;;***
23346 \f
23347 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19279
23348 ;;;;;; 5149))
23349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23350
23351 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23352 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23353 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23354 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23355
23356 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23357
23358 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23359 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23360 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23361
23362 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23363 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23364 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23365
23366 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23367 notation.
23368
23369 STRING
23370 matches string STRING literally.
23371
23372 CHAR
23373 matches character CHAR literally.
23374
23375 `not-newline', `nonl'
23376 matches any character except a newline.
23377
23378 `anything'
23379 matches any character
23380
23381 `(any SET ...)'
23382 `(in SET ...)'
23383 `(char SET ...)'
23384 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23385 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23386 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23387
23388 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23389 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23390 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23391 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23392
23393 `(not (any SET ...))'
23394 matches any character not in SET ...
23395
23396 `line-start', `bol'
23397 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23398 in the text being matched
23399
23400 `line-end', `eol'
23401 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23402
23403 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23404 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23405 string being matched against.
23406
23407 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23408 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23409 string being matched against.
23410
23411 `buffer-start'
23412 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23413 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23414
23415 `buffer-end'
23416 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23417 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23418
23419 `point'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23421
23422 `word-start', `bow'
23423 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23424
23425 `word-end', `eow'
23426 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23427
23428 `word-boundary'
23429 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23430 word.
23431
23432 `(not word-boundary)'
23433 `not-word-boundary'
23434 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23435 word.
23436
23437 `symbol-start'
23438 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23439
23440 `symbol-end'
23441 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23442
23443 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23444 matches 0 through 9.
23445
23446 `control', `cntrl'
23447 matches ASCII control characters.
23448
23449 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23450 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23451
23452 `blank'
23453 matches space and tab only.
23454
23455 `graphic', `graph'
23456 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23457 space, and DEL.
23458
23459 `printing', `print'
23460 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23461 and DEL.
23462
23463 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23464 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23465 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23466
23467 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23468 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23469 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23470
23471 `ascii'
23472 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23473
23474 `nonascii'
23475 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23476
23477 `lower', `lower-case'
23478 matches anything lower-case.
23479
23480 `upper', `upper-case'
23481 matches anything upper-case.
23482
23483 `punctuation', `punct'
23484 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23485 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23486
23487 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23488 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23489
23490 `word', `wordchar'
23491 matches anything that has word syntax.
23492
23493 `not-wordchar'
23494 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23495
23496 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23497 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23498 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23499 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23500
23501 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23502 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23503 `word' (\\sw)
23504 `symbol' (\\s_)
23505 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23506 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23507 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23508 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23509 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23510 `escape' (\\s\\)
23511 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23512 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23513 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23514 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23515 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23516
23517 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23518 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23519
23520 `(category CATEGORY)'
23521 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23522 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23523
23524 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23525 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23526 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23527 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23528 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23529 `symbol' (\\c5)
23530 `digit' (\\c6)
23531 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23532 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23533 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23534 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23535 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23536 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23537 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23538 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23539 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23540 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23541 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23542 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23543 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23544 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23545 `ascii' (\\ca)
23546 `arabic' (\\cb)
23547 `chinese' (\\cc)
23548 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23549 `greek' (\\cg)
23550 `korean' (\\ch)
23551 `indian' (\\ci)
23552 `japanese' (\\cj)
23553 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23554 `latin' (\\cl)
23555 `lao' (\\co)
23556 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23557 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23558 `thai' (\\ct)
23559 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23560 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23561 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23562 `can-break' (\\c|)
23563
23564 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23565 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23566
23567 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23568 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23569 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23570 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23571 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23572
23573 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23574 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23575 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23576 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23577
23578 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 another name for `submatch'.
23580
23581 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23582 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23583 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23584 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23585 regular expression.
23586
23587 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23588 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23589 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23590 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23591 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23592
23593 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23594 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23595
23596 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23597 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23598
23599 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23600 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23601 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23602
23603 `(* SEXP ...)'
23604 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23605 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23606
23607 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23608 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23609 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23610
23611 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23612 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23613 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23614
23615 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23616 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23617
23618 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23619 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23620
23621 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23622 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23623 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23624 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23625
23626 `(? SEXP ...)'
23627 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23628
23629 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23630 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23631
23632 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23633 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23634 matches N occurrences.
23635
23636 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23637 matches N or more occurrences.
23638
23639 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23640 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23641 matches N to M occurrences.
23642
23643 `(backref N)'
23644 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23645
23646 `(eval FORM)'
23647 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23648 `regexp-quote' it.
23649
23650 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23651 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23652
23653 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23654
23655 ;;;***
23656 \f
23657 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23658 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23659 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23660
23661 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23662 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23663 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23664 interface.")
23665
23666 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23667
23668 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23669 Toggle savehist-mode.
23670 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23671 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23672 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23673 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23674
23675 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23676 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23677 which is probably undesirable.
23678
23679 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23680
23681 ;;;***
23682 \f
23683 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23684 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
23685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23686
23687 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23688 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23689 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23690
23691 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23692 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23693 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23694 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23695 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23696 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23697 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23698 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23699
23700 Commands:
23701 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23702 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23703 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23704 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23705 if that value is non-nil.
23706
23707 \(fn)" t nil)
23708
23709 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23710 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23711 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23712
23713 Commands:
23714 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23715 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23716 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23717 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23718 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23719 that variable's value is a string.
23720
23721 \(fn)" t nil)
23722
23723 ;;;***
23724 \f
23725 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23726 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
23727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23728
23729 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23730 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23731 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23732
23733 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23734
23735 \(fn)" t nil)
23736
23737 ;;;***
23738 \f
23739 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23740 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23742
23743 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23744 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23745 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23747 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23748 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23749
23750 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23751
23752 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23753 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23754 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23755 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23756 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23757
23758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23759
23760 ;;;***
23761 \f
23762 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23763 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
23764 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23765
23766 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23767 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23768 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23769 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23770 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23771 during scrolling.
23772
23773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23774
23775 ;;;***
23776 \f
23777 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23778 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19323 49698))
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23780
23781 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23782 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23783 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23784
23785 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23786 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23787 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23788 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23789 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23790 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23791 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23792 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23793 keybinding for tag names.")
23794
23795 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23796
23797 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23798 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23799 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23802 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23803
23804 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23805
23806 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23807 Toggle Semantic mode.
23808 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23809
23810 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23811 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23812 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23813 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23814 Semantic mode.
23815
23816 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23817
23818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23819
23820 ;;;***
23821 \f
23822 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23823 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23824 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23825 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23826 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23827 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23828 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23829 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23830 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19338 9841))
23831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23832
23833 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23834 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23835
23836 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23837 king@grassland.com
23838 If `parens', they look like:
23839 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23840 If `angles', they look like:
23841 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23842
23843 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23844 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23845
23846 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23847
23848 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23849 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23850 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23851 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23852
23853 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23854 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23855 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23856 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23857
23858 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23859
23860 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23861 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23862 This is done when the message is initialized,
23863 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23864
23865 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23866
23867 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23868 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23869 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23870
23871 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23872
23873 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23874
23875 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23876 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23877 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23878 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23879 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23880 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23881 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23882
23883 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23884 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23885
23886 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23887 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23888
23889 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23890
23891 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23892 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23893 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23894 be a Babyl file.")
23895
23896 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23897
23898 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23899 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23900 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23901 when you first send mail.")
23902
23903 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23904
23905 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23906 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23907 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23908 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23909 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23910
23911 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23912
23913 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23914 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23915 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23916 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23917 This file need not actually exist.")
23918
23919 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23920
23921 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23922 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23923
23924 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23925
23926 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23927 Alist of mail address aliases,
23928 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23929 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23930 can specify a different file name.)
23931 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23932 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23933
23934 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23935 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23936 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23937
23938 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23939
23940 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23941 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23942 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23943
23944 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23945
23946 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23947 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23948 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23949 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23950 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23951 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23952 in the cited portion of the message.
23953
23954 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23955 instead of no action.")
23956
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23958
23959 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23960 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23961 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23962 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23963 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23964
23965 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23966
23967 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23968 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23969 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23970 If a string, that string is inserted.
23971 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23972 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23973 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23974 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23975
23976 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23977
23978 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23979 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23980
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23982
23983 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23984 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23985 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23986
23987 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23988 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23989
23990 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23991
23992 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23993 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23994 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23995 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23996
23997 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23998
23999 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24000 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24001 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24002 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24003 is non-nil.")
24004
24005 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24006
24007 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24008 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24009 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24010 `query' means ask the user each time.
24011 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24012 The default is `mime'.
24013 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24014 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24015
24016 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24017
24018 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24019 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24020 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24021
24022 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24023 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24024
24025 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24026 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24027 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24028 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24029 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24030 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24031 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24032 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24033 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24034 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24035 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24036 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24037 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24038
24039 \(fn)" t nil)
24040
24041 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24042 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24043 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24044 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24047
24048 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24049 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24050 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24051 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24052 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24053 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24054
24055 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24056 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24057 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24058
24059 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24060 User should not set this variable manually,
24061 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24062 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24063 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24064 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24065
24066 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24067 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24068 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24069 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24070
24071 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24072 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24073
24074 \\<mail-mode-map>
24075 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24076
24077 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24078 to move to message header fields:
24079 \\{mail-mode-map}
24080
24081 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24082 when the message is initialized.
24083
24084 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24085 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24086
24087 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24088 is inserted.
24089
24090 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24091 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24092
24093 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24094 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24095 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24096 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24097 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24098 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24099 buffer without erasing the contents.
24100
24101 The second through fifth arguments,
24102 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24103 the initial contents of those header fields.
24104 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24105 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24106 original message being replied to, or else an action
24107 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24108 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24109 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24110 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24111 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24112 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24113
24114 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24115
24116 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24117 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24118
24119 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24120
24121 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24122 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24123
24124 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24125
24126 ;;;***
24127 \f
24128 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24129 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19279
24130 ;;;;;; 5148))
24131 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24132
24133 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24134 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24135 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24136 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24137 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24138 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24139
24140 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24141 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24142
24143 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24144 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24145 \\[server-start].
24146
24147 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24148
24149 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24150 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24151 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24152 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24153
24154 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24155
24156 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24157 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24158 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24160 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24161 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24162
24163 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24164
24165 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24166 Toggle Server mode.
24167 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24168 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24169 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24170
24171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24172
24173 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24174 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24175 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24176
24177 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24178 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24179
24180 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24181
24182 ;;;***
24183 \f
24184 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19279 5148))
24185 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24186
24187 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24188 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24189 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24190
24191 Key definitions:
24192 \\{ses-mode-map}
24193 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24194 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24195 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24196 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24197
24198 \(fn)" t nil)
24199
24200 ;;;***
24201 \f
24202 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24203 ;;;;;; (19292 15232))
24204 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24205
24206 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24207 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24208 Makes > match <.
24209 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24210 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24211
24212 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24213 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24214 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24215
24216 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24217 in your `.emacs' file.
24218
24219 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24220
24221 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24222 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24223 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24224
24225 \(fn)" t nil)
24226
24227 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24228 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24229 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24230 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24231 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24232 which this is based.
24233
24234 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24235
24236 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24237 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24238 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24239 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24240
24241 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24242 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24243 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24244
24245 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24246 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24247 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24248 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24249
24250 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24251 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24252 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24253 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24254
24255 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24256
24257 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24258 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24259 To work around that, do:
24260 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24261
24262 \\{html-mode-map}
24263
24264 \(fn)" t nil)
24265
24266 ;;;***
24267 \f
24268 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24269 ;;;;;; (19345 41626))
24270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24271 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24272
24273 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24274 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24275 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24276 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24277 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24278 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24279
24280 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24281 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24282 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24283 shell-specific features.
24284
24285 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24286 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24287 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24288 \\<sh-mode-map>
24289 \\[sh-case] case statement
24290 \\[sh-for] for loop
24291 \\[sh-function] function definition
24292 \\[sh-if] if statement
24293 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24294 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24295 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24296 \\[sh-select] select loop
24297 \\[sh-until] until loop
24298 \\[sh-while] while loop
24299
24300 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24301 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24302 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24303 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24304 would indent to the way it currently is.
24305 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24306 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24307
24308
24309 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24310 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24311 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24312 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24313 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24314 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24315
24316 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24317 {, (, [, ', \", `
24318 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24319
24320 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24321 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24322 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24323
24324 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24325 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24326
24327 \(fn)" t nil)
24328
24329 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24330
24331 ;;;***
24332 \f
24333 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19279 5148))
24334 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24335
24336 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24337 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24338 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24339 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24340 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24341 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24342
24343 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24344
24345 ;;;***
24346 \f
24347 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24348 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
24349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24350
24351 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24352 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24353
24354 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24355 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24356 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24357
24358 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24359 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24360 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24361 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24362 the earlier.
24363
24364 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24365
24366 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24367
24368 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24369 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24370 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24371
24372 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24373 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24374
24375 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24376 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24377 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24378 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24379 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24380 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24381 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24382 Emacs version).
24383
24384 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24385 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24386 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24387 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24388 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24389
24390 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24391 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24392
24393 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24394
24395 ;;;***
24396 \f
24397 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24398 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19279
24399 ;;;;;; 5148))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24401
24402 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24403 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24404 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24405 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24406 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24407 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24408 sites in the cluster.
24409
24410 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24411
24412 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24413 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24414 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24415 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24416 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24417
24418 \(fn)" t nil)
24419
24420 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24421 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24422 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24423 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24424 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24425 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24426 `shadow-define-cluster').
24427
24428 \(fn)" t nil)
24429
24430 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24431 Set up file shadowing.
24432
24433 \(fn)" t nil)
24434
24435 ;;;***
24436 \f
24437 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24438 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
24439 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24440
24441 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24442 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24443 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24444 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24445 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24446 arguments.")
24447
24448 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24449
24450 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24451 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24452 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24453 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24454 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24455
24456 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24457 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24458 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24459 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24460 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24461 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24462 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24463 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24464 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24465 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24466 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24467
24468 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24469 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24470 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24471 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24472 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24473 `default-process-coding-system'.
24474
24475 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24476 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24477 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24478 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24479
24480 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24481
24482 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24483 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24484
24485 ;;;***
24486 \f
24487 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24488 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19279 5150))
24489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24490
24491 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24492 Not documented
24493
24494 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24495
24496 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24497 Not documented
24498
24499 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24500
24501 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24502 Not documented
24503
24504 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24505
24506 ;;;***
24507 \f
24508 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24509 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
24510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24511
24512 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24513 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24514 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24515 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24516 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24517
24518 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24519
24520 \(fn)" t nil)
24521
24522 ;;;***
24523 \f
24524 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19279
24525 ;;;;;; 5151))
24526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24527
24528 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24529 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24530 \\{simula-mode-map}
24531 Variables controlling indentation style:
24532 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24533 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24534 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24535 `simula-indent-level'
24536 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24537 `simula-substatement-offset'
24538 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24539 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24540 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24541 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24542 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24543 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24544 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24545 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24546 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24547 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24548 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24549 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24550 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24551 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24552 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24553 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24554 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24555 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24556 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24557 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24558 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24559 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24560 or nil if they should not be changed.
24561 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24562 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24563 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24564 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24565
24566 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24567 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24568
24569 \(fn)" t nil)
24570
24571 ;;;***
24572 \f
24573 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24574 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19279 5148))
24575 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24576
24577 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24578 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24579
24580 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24581 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24582 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24583 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24584
24585 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24586
24587 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24588 Insert SKELETON.
24589 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24590 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24591 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24592 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24593 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24594
24595 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24596 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24597
24598 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24599
24600 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24601 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24602
24603 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24604 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24605 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24606 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24607
24608 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24609 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24610 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24611 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24612
24613 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24614 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24615 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24616
24617 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24618 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24619
24620 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24621 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24622
24623 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24624 _ interesting point, interregion here
24625 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24626 interesting point set by _
24627 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24628 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24629 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24630 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24631 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24632 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24633 nil skipped
24634
24635 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24636 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24637
24638 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24639 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24640 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24641 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24642 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24643 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24644 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24645 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24646
24647 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24648 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24649 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24650 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24651 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24652 available:
24653
24654 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24655 then: insert previously read string once more
24656 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24657 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24658 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24659
24660 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24661 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24662
24663 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24664
24665 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24666 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24667
24668 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24669 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24670 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24671 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24672 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24673 such as backslash.
24674
24675 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24676 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24677 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24678
24679 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24680
24681 ;;;***
24682 \f
24683 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24684 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19279 5148))
24685 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24686
24687 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24688 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24689 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24690 buffer names.
24691
24692 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24693
24694 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24695 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24696 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24697
24698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24699
24700 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24701 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24702 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24703
24704 \(fn)" t nil)
24705
24706 ;;;***
24707 \f
24708 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24709 ;;;;;; (19370 36541))
24710 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24711
24712 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24713 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24714 A list of images is returned.
24715
24716 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24717
24718 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24719 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24720 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24721
24722 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24723
24724 ;;;***
24725 \f
24726 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24727 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19279 5150))
24728 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24729
24730 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24731 Not documented
24732
24733 \(fn)" nil nil)
24734
24735 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24736 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24737
24738 \(fn)" t nil)
24739
24740 ;;;***
24741 \f
24742 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19279 5151))
24743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24744
24745 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24746 Play the Snake game.
24747 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24748
24749 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24750
24751 Snake mode keybindings:
24752 \\<snake-mode-map>
24753 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24754 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24755 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24756 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24757 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24758 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24759 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24760
24761 \(fn)" t nil)
24762
24763 ;;;***
24764 \f
24765 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24766 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
24767 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24768
24769 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24770 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24771 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24772 Tab indents for C code.
24773 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24774 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24775 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24776 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24777 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24778
24779 \(fn)" t nil)
24780
24781 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24782 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24783 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24784 Tab indents for C code.
24785 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24786 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24787 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24788 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24789 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24790
24791 \(fn)" t nil)
24792
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19279
24796 ;;;;;; 5149))
24797 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24798
24799 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24800 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24801 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24802 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24803 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24804
24805 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24806
24807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24808
24809 ;;;***
24810 \f
24811 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19279
24812 ;;;;;; 5151))
24813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24814
24815 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24816 Play Solitaire.
24817
24818 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24819 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24820 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24821 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24822 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24823 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24824 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24825 check after each move or undo.)
24826
24827 What is Solitaire?
24828
24829 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24830 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24831 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24832
24833 Le Solitaire
24834 ============
24835
24836 o o o
24837
24838 o o o
24839
24840 o o o o o o o
24841
24842 o o o . o o o
24843
24844 o o o o o o o
24845
24846 o o o
24847
24848 o o o
24849
24850 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24851 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24852 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24853 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24854
24855 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24856 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24857 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24858 this: o o .
24859
24860 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24861 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24862
24863 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24864
24865 o o o
24866
24867 . o o
24868
24869 o o . o o o o
24870
24871 o . o o o o o
24872
24873 o o o o o o o
24874
24875 o o o
24876
24877 o o o
24878
24879 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24880
24881 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24882
24883 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24884
24885 ;;;***
24886 \f
24887 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24888 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24889 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19279 5148))
24890 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24891 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24892
24893 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24894 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24895
24896 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24897 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24898 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24899 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24900 contiguous.
24901
24902 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24903 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24904 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24905 the sort order.
24906
24907 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24908 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24909
24910 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24911 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24912 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24913 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24914 is called.
24915
24916 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24917 It should move point to the end of the record.
24918
24919 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24920 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24921 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24922 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24923 starts at the beginning of the record.
24924
24925 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24926 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24927 same as ENDRECFUN.
24928
24929 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24930 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24931
24932 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24933
24934 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24935 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24936 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24937 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24938 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24939 the sort order.
24940
24941 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24942
24943 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24944 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24945 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24946 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24947 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24948 the sort order.
24949
24950 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24951
24952 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24953 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24954 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24955 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24956 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24957 the sort order.
24958
24959 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24960 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24961
24962 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24963 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24964 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24965 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24966 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24967 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24968 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24969 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24970 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24971
24972 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24973
24974 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24975 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24976 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24977 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24978 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24979 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24980 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24981 the sort order.
24982
24983 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24984
24985 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24986 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24987 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24988 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24989 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24990 is to be used for sorting.
24991 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24992 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24993 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24994 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24995 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24996
24997 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24998
24999 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25000 the sort order.
25001
25002 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25003 starting with the letter \"f\",
25004 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25005
25006 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25007
25008 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25009 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25010 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25011 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25012 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25013 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25014 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25015 the sort order.
25016
25017 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25018 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25019 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25020 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25021 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25022
25023 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25024
25025 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25026 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25027 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25028
25029 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25030
25031 ;;;***
25032 \f
25033 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19279
25034 ;;;;;; 5150))
25035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25036
25037 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25038 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25039 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25040 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25041 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25042 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25043
25044 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25045
25046 ;;;***
25047 \f
25048 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25049 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25050 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19279 5150))
25051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25052
25053 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25054 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25055
25056 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25057 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25058 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25059
25060 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25061
25062 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25063 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25064 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25065 server.
25066
25067 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25068
25069 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25070 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25071 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25072
25073 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25074
25075 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25076 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25077 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25078 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25079 Agent is plugged.
25080
25081 \(fn)" t nil)
25082
25083 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25084 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25085 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25086 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25087
25088 \(fn)" t nil)
25089
25090 ;;;***
25091 \f
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25093 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19279 5148))
25094 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25095
25096 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25097
25098 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25099 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25100 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25101 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25102 supported at a time.
25103 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25104 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25105
25106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25107
25108 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25109 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25110 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25111 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25112
25113 \(fn)" t nil)
25114
25115 ;;;***
25116 \f
25117 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25118 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19279 5152))
25119 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25120
25121 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25122
25123 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25124 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25125 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25126 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25127 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25128 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25129
25130 \(fn)" t nil)
25131
25132 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25133
25134 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25135 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25136 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25137 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25138
25139 \(fn)" t nil)
25140
25141 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25142
25143 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25144 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25145 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25146 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25147 for example, \"word\".
25148
25149 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25150
25151 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25152
25153 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25154 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25155
25156 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25157
25158 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25159
25160 ;;;***
25161 \f
25162 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19279
25163 ;;;;;; 5151))
25164 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25165
25166 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25167 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25168
25169 \(fn)" t nil)
25170
25171 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25172 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25173
25174 \(fn)" nil nil)
25175
25176 ;;;***
25177 \f
25178 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25179 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25180 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25181 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19279
25182 ;;;;;; 5151))
25183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25184
25185 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25186 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25187
25188 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25189 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25190 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25191 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25192 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25193 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25194 of the current highlighting list.
25195
25196 For example:
25197
25198 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25199 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25200
25201 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25202 `_t' as data types.
25203
25204 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25205
25206 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25207 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25208
25209 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25210 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25211
25212 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25213
25214 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25215 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25216 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25217
25218 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25219
25220 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25221 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25222 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25223 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25224 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25225 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25226 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25227 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25228 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25229
25230 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25231
25232 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25233 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25234 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25235 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25236
25237 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25238 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25239 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25240 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25241
25242 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25243 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25244 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25245
25246 \(fn)" t nil)
25247
25248 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25249 Major mode to edit SQL.
25250
25251 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25252 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25253 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25254
25255 \\{sql-mode-map}
25256 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25257
25258 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25259 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25260 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25261 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25262 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25263 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25264
25265 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25266 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25267
25268 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25269 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25270 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25271
25272 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25273 (lambda ()
25274 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25275
25276 \(fn)" t nil)
25277
25278 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25279 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25280
25281 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25282 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25283
25284 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25285
25286 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25287
25288 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25289 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25290
25291 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25292 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25293 `*SQL*'.
25294
25295 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25296 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25297 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25298 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25299
25300 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25301 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25302
25303 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25304 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25305 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25306 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25307 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25308 `default-process-coding-system'.
25309
25310 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25311
25312 \(fn)" t nil)
25313
25314 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25315 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25316
25317 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25318 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25319 `*SQL*'.
25320
25321 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25322 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25323 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25324 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25325
25326 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25327 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25328
25329 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25330 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25331 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25332 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25333 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25334 `default-process-coding-system'.
25335
25336 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25337
25338 \(fn)" t nil)
25339
25340 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25341 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25342
25343 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25344 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25345 `*SQL*'.
25346
25347 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25348 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25349
25350 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25351 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25352
25353 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25354 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25355 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25356 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25357 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25358 `default-process-coding-system'.
25359
25360 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25361
25362 \(fn)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25365 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25366
25367 SQLite is free software.
25368
25369 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25370 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25371 `*SQL*'.
25372
25373 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25374 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25375 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25376 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25377
25378 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25379 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25380
25381 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25382 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25383 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25384 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25385 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25386 `default-process-coding-system'.
25387
25388 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25389
25390 \(fn)" t nil)
25391
25392 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25393 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25394
25395 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25396
25397 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25398 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25399 `*SQL*'.
25400
25401 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25402 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25403 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25404 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25405
25406 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25407 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25408
25409 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25410 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25411 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25412 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25413 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25414 `default-process-coding-system'.
25415
25416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25417
25418 \(fn)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25421 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25422
25423 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25424 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25425 `*SQL*'.
25426
25427 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25428 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25429 defaults, if set.
25430
25431 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25432 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25433
25434 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25435 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25436 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25437 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25438 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25439 `default-process-coding-system'.
25440
25441 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25442
25443 \(fn)" t nil)
25444
25445 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25446 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25447
25448 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25449 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25450 `*SQL*'.
25451
25452 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25453 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25454
25455 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25456 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25457
25458 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25459 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25460 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25461 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25462 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25463 `default-process-coding-system'.
25464
25465 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25466
25467 \(fn)" t nil)
25468
25469 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25470 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25471
25472 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25473 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25474 `*SQL*'.
25475
25476 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25477 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25478 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25479 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25480
25481 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25482 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483
25484 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25485 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25486 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25487 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25488 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25489 `default-process-coding-system'.
25490
25491 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25492
25493 \(fn)" t nil)
25494
25495 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25496 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25497
25498 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25499 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25500 `*SQL*'.
25501
25502 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25503 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25504 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25505 `sql-postgres-options'.
25506
25507 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25508 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25509
25510 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25511 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25512 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25513 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25514 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25515 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25516 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25517 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25518
25519 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25520 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25521
25522 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25523
25524 \(fn)" t nil)
25525
25526 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25527 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25528
25529 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25530 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25531 `*SQL*'.
25532
25533 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25534 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25535 defaults, if set.
25536
25537 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25538 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25539
25540 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25541 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25543 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25544 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25545 `default-process-coding-system'.
25546
25547 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25548
25549 \(fn)" t nil)
25550
25551 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25552 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25553
25554 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25555 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25556 `*SQL*'.
25557
25558 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25559 automatic login.
25560
25561 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25562 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25563
25564 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25565 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25566 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25567 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25568
25569 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25570 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25571 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25572 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25573 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25574 `default-process-coding-system'.
25575
25576 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25577
25578 \(fn)" t nil)
25579
25580 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25581 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25582
25583 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25584 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25585 `*SQL*'.
25586
25587 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25588 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25589 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25590 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25591 parameters.
25592
25593 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25594 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25595 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25596 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25597 an empty password.
25598
25599 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25600 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25601
25602 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25603
25604 \(fn)" t nil)
25605
25606 ;;;***
25607 \f
25608 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25609 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
25610 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25611
25612 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25613 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25614
25615 \(fn)" t nil)
25616
25617 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25618
25619 ;;;***
25620 \f
25621 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25622 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25623 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25624 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25625 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19279
25626 ;;;;;; 5148))
25627 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25628
25629 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25630 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25631 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25632 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25633 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25634 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25635
25636 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25637
25638 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25639
25640 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25641 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25642 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25643 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25644 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25645 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25646 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25647
25648 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25649
25650 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25651 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25652 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25653 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25654 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25655 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25656 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25657
25658 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25659
25660 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25661 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25662 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25663
25664 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25665
25666 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25667 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25668 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25669
25670 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25671
25672 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25673 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25674
25675 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25676
25677 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25678 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25679
25680 \(fn)" t nil)
25681
25682 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25683 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25684
25685 \(fn)" t nil)
25686
25687 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25688 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25689 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25690 chronologically by command name.
25691 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25692
25693 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25694
25695 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25696 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25697 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25700 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25701
25702 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25703
25704 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25705 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25706 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25707 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25708 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25709 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25710 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25711
25712 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25713 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25714 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25715 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25716
25717 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25718
25719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25720
25721 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25722 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25723 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25724 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25725
25726 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25727
25728 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25729 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25730
25731 \(fn)" t nil)
25732
25733 ;;;***
25734 \f
25735 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25736 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19256 49605))
25737 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25738
25739 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25740 Studlify-case the region.
25741
25742 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25743
25744 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25745 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25746
25747 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25748
25749 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25750 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25751
25752 \(fn)" t nil)
25753
25754 ;;;***
25755 \f
25756 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25757 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
25758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25759
25760 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25761 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25762 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25763 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25764 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25765 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25766 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25767 Here are some examples:
25768
25769 Nomenclature Subwords
25770 ===========================================================
25771 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25772 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25773 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25774
25775 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25776 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25777 as words.
25778
25779 \\{subword-mode-map}
25780
25781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25782
25783 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25784 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25785 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25788 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25789
25790 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25791
25792 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25793 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25794 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25795 ARG is positive.
25796 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25797 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25798 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25799
25800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25801
25802 ;;;***
25803 \f
25804 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25805 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
25806 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25807
25808 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25809 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25810 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25811 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25812 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25813 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25814 original message but it does require a few things:
25815
25816 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25817
25818 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25819 reply buffer.
25820
25821 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25822 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25823 original message.
25824
25825 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25826
25827 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25828
25829 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25830 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25831 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25832
25833 \(fn)" nil nil)
25834
25835 ;;;***
25836 \f
25837 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19279
25838 ;;;;;; 5148))
25839 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25840
25841 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25842
25843 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25844 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25845 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25847 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25848 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25849
25850 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25851
25852 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25853 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25854 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25855 otherwise turn it off.
25856
25857 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25858 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25859 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25860
25861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25862
25863 ;;;***
25864 \f
25865 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19279 5148))
25866 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25867
25868 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25869 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25870 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25871 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25872 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25873
25874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25875
25876 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25877 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25878 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25879 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25880 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25881 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25882 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25883
25884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25885
25886 ;;;***
25887 \f
25888 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25889 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25890 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25891 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25892 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25893 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25894 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25895 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25896 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25897 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25898 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25899 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25900 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19356 10801))
25901 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25902
25903 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25904 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25905 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25906
25907 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25908
25909 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25910 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25911
25912 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25913
25914 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25915 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25916
25917 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25918
25919 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25920 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25921
25922 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25923
25924 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25925 Insert an editable text table.
25926 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25927 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25928 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25929 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25930 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25931 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25932 delimiting them.
25933
25934 Examples:
25935
25936 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25937
25938 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25939 location of point.
25940
25941 -!-
25942
25943 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25944 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25945 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25946 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25947 first cell.
25948
25949 +-----+-----+-----+
25950 |-!- | | |
25951 +-----+-----+-----+
25952
25953 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25954
25955 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25956 width, which results as
25957
25958 +--------------+-----+-----+
25959 |-!- | | |
25960 +--------------+-----+-----+
25961
25962 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25963 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25964
25965 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25966 | | |-!- |
25967 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25968
25969 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25970 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25971 width information to `table-insert'.
25972
25973 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25974
25975 instead of
25976
25977 Cell width(s): 5
25978
25979 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25980 work all together.
25981
25982 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25983 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25984
25985 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25986 |-!- | | |
25987 | | | |
25988 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25989
25990 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25991
25992 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25993 |-!- | | |
25994 | | | |
25995 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25996 | | | |
25997 | | | |
25998 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25999
26000 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26001
26002 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26003 | | | |
26004 | | | |
26005 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26006 | | | |
26007 | | | |
26008 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26009 -!-
26010
26011 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26012 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26013 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26014
26015 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26016 | | | |
26017 | | | |
26018 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26019 | | | |
26020 | | | |
26021 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26022 |-!- | | |
26023 | | | |
26024 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26025
26026 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26027 results.
26028
26029 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26030 | | | |
26031 | | | |
26032 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26033 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26034 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26035 | | |expected results.-!- |
26036 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26037 | | | |
26038 | | | |
26039 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26040
26041 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26042
26043 \\{table-cell-map}
26044
26045 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26046
26047 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26048 Insert N table row(s).
26049 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26050 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26051 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26052 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26053
26054 \(fn N)" t nil)
26055
26056 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26057 Insert N table column(s).
26058 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26059 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26060 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26061 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26062
26063 \(fn N)" t nil)
26064
26065 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26066 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26067 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26068
26069 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26070
26071 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26072 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26073 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26074 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26075 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26076 all the table specific features.
26077
26078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26079
26080 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26081 Not documented
26082
26083 \(fn)" t nil)
26084
26085 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26086 Recognize all tables within region.
26087 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26088 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26089 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26090 specific features.
26091
26092 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26093
26094 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26095 Not documented
26096
26097 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26098
26099 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26100 Recognize a table at point.
26101 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26102 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26103 the table specific features.
26104
26105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26106
26107 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26108 Not documented
26109
26110 \(fn)" t nil)
26111
26112 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26113 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26114 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26115 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26116 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26117 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26118 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26119
26120 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26121
26122 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26123 Not documented
26124
26125 \(fn)" t nil)
26126
26127 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26128 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26129 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26130 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26131 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26132 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26133 specified.
26134
26135 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26136
26137 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26138 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26139 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26140 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26141 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26142 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26143 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26144 table structure.
26145
26146 \(fn N)" t nil)
26147
26148 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26149 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26150 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26151 table's rectangle structure.
26152
26153 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26154
26155 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26156 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26157 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26158 table's rectangle structure.
26159
26160 \(fn N)" t nil)
26161
26162 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26163 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26164 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26165 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26166 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26167
26168 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26169
26170 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26171 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26172 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26173
26174 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26175 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26176 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26177 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26178 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26179 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26180 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26181
26182 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26183 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26184 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26185 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26186 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26187 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26188 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26189
26190 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26191 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26192 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26193 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26194 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26195 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26196 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26197 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26198
26199 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26200
26201 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26202 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26203 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26204 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26205
26206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26207
26208 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26209 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26210 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26211
26212 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26213
26214 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26215 Split current cell vertically.
26216 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26217
26218 \(fn)" t nil)
26219
26220 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26221 Split current cell horizontally.
26222 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26223
26224 \(fn)" t nil)
26225
26226 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26227 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26228 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26229
26230 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26231
26232 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26233 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26234 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26235 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26236
26237 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26238
26239 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26240 Justify cell contents.
26241 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26242 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26243 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26244 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26245
26246 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26247
26248 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26249 Justify cells of a row.
26250 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26251 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26252
26253 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26256 Justify cells of a column.
26257 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26258 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26259
26260 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26261
26262 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26263 Toggle fixing width mode.
26264 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26265 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26266 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26267
26268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26269
26270 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26271 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26272 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26273 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26274 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26275 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26276 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26277 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26278 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26279 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26280 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26281
26282 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26283
26284 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26285 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26286 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26287 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26288 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26289 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26290 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26291 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26292 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26293 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26294 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26295 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26296 untouched.
26297
26298 References used for this implementation:
26299
26300 HTML:
26301 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26302
26303 LaTeX:
26304 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26305
26306 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26307 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26308 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26309
26310 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26311
26312 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26313 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26314 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26315 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26316 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26317 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26318 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26319 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26320 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26321 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26322 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26323 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26324 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26325 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26326 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26327 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26328 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26329
26330 Example:
26331
26332 (progn
26333 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26334 (table-forward-cell 15)
26335 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26336 (table-forward-cell 16)
26337 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26338 (table-forward-cell 1)
26339 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26340
26341 (progn
26342 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26343 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26344 (table-forward-cell 1)
26345 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26346
26347 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26348
26349 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26350 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26351 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26352 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26353 consists from cells of same height.
26354
26355 \(fn N)" t nil)
26356
26357 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26358 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26359 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26360 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26361 column must consists from cells of same width.
26362
26363 \(fn N)" t nil)
26364
26365 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26366 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26367 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26368 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26369 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26370 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26371 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26372 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26373 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26374 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26375 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26376 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26377 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26378 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26379 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26380
26381
26382 Example 1:
26383
26384 1, 2, 3, 4
26385 5, 6, 7, 8
26386 , 9, 10
26387
26388 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26389 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26390 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26391 specified as 5.
26392
26393 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26394 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26395 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26396 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26397 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26398 | | 9 | 10 | |
26399 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26400
26401 Note:
26402
26403 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26404 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26405 of each row is optional.
26406
26407
26408 Example 2:
26409
26410 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26411 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26412 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26413 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26414 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26415
26416 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26417 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26418
26419 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26420 expression and raw delimiter regular
26421 expression, it parses the specified text
26422 area and extracts cell items from
26423 non-table text and then forms a table out
26424 of them.
26425
26426 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26427 creates a single cell table. The text in
26428 the specified region is placed in that
26429 cell.-*-
26430
26431 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26432 like this.
26433
26434 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26435 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26436 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26437 | |
26438 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26439 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26440 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26441 | area and extracts cell items from |
26442 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26443 | of them. |
26444 | |
26445 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26446 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26447 | the specified region is placed in that |
26448 | cell. |
26449 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26450
26451 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26452 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26453 independently.
26454
26455 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26456 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26457 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26458 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26459 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26460 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26461 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26462 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26463 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26464 | |of them. |
26465 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26466 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26467 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26468 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26469 | |cell. |
26470 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26471
26472 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26473 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26474 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26475
26476 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26477
26478 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26479 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26480 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26481 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26482 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26483
26484 \(fn)" t nil)
26485
26486 ;;;***
26487 \f
26488 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19279 5148))
26489 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26490
26491 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26492 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26493
26494 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26497 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26498
26499 \(fn)" t nil)
26500
26501 ;;;***
26502 \f
26503 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19279 5148))
26504 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26505
26506 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26507 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26508 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26509 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26510 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26511 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26512 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26513
26514 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26515 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26516 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26517 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26518
26519 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26520 \\{tar-mode-map}
26521
26522 \(fn)" t nil)
26523
26524 ;;;***
26525 \f
26526 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26527 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19279 5151))
26528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26529
26530 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26531 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26532 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26533 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26534 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26535 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26536
26537 Variables controlling indentation style:
26538 `tcl-indent-level'
26539 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26540 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26541 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26542
26543 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26544 documentation for details):
26545 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26546 Controls action of TAB key.
26547 `tcl-auto-newline'
26548 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26549 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26550 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26551 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26552 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26553
26554 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26555 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26556 already exist.
26557
26558 Commands:
26559 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26560
26561 \(fn)" t nil)
26562
26563 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26564 Run inferior Tcl process.
26565 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26566 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26567
26568 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26569
26570 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26571 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26572 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26573
26574 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26575
26576 ;;;***
26577 \f
26578 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19279 5151))
26579 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26580 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26581
26582 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26583 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26584 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26585 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26586
26587 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26588 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26589 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26590 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26591 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26592
26593 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26594 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26595
26596 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26597 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26598 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26599 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26600
26601 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26602
26603 ;;;***
26604 \f
26605 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26606 ;;;;;; (19292 15231))
26607 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26608
26609 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26610 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26611 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26612 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26613 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26614 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26615
26616 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26617
26618 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26619 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26620 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26621 commands to use in that buffer.
26622
26623 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26624
26625 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26626
26627 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26628 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26629
26630 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26631
26632 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26633 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26634 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26635 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26636 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26637 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26638 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26639 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26640 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26641 use in that buffer.
26642 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26643
26644 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26645
26646 ;;;***
26647 \f
26648 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19279
26649 ;;;;;; 5148))
26650 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26651
26652 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26653 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26654 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26655 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26656 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26657 program as keyboard input.
26658
26659 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26660 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26661 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26662 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26663
26664 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26665 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26666 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26667 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26668 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26669
26670 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26671
26672 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26673 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26674 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26675 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26676
26677 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26678 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26679 subprocess started.
26680
26681 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26682
26683 ;;;***
26684 \f
26685 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26686 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
26687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26688
26689 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26690 Start coverage on function under point.
26691
26692 \(fn)" t nil)
26693
26694 ;;;***
26695 \f
26696 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19279 5151))
26697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26698
26699 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26700 Play the Tetris game.
26701 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26702 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26703 as to form complete rows.
26704
26705 tetris-mode keybindings:
26706 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26707 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26708 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26709 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26710 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26711 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26712 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26713 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26714 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26715
26716 \(fn)" t nil)
26717
26718 ;;;***
26719 \f
26720 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26721 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26722 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26723 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26724 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26725 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26726 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26727 ;;;;;; (19323 49698))
26728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26729
26730 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26731 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26732
26733 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26734
26735 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26736 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26737 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26738 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26739 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26740
26741 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26742
26743 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26744 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26745 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26746 if it matches the first line of the file,
26747 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26748
26749 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26750
26751 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26752 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26753 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26754 if the variable is non-nil.")
26755
26756 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26757
26758 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26759 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26760
26761 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26762
26763 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26764 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26765 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26766 See the documentation of that variable.")
26767
26768 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26769
26770 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26771 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26772 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26773 See the documentation of that variable.")
26774
26775 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26776
26777 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26778 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26779 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26780 See the documentation of that variable.")
26781
26782 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26783
26784 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26785 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26786 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26787 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26788 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26789
26790 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26791
26792 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26793 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26794 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26795 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26796
26797 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26798
26799 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26800 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26801 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26802
26803 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26804
26805 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26806 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26807 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26808 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26809
26810 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26811
26812 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26813 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26814 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26815 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26816
26817 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26818
26819 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26820 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26821 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26822 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26823
26824 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26825 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26826 for example,
26827
26828 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26829 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26830
26831 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26832 use.")
26833
26834 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26835
26836 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26837 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26838 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26839 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26840 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26841
26842 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26843
26844 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26845
26846 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26847 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26848 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26849
26850 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26851
26852 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26853 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26854 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26855 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26856 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26857
26858 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26859
26860 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26861 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26862
26863 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26864
26865 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26866 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26867
26868 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26869
26870 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26871 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26872 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26873 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26874 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26875 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26876 says which mode to use.
26877
26878 \(fn)" t nil)
26879
26880 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26881
26882 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26883
26884 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26885
26886 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26887 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26888 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26889 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26890 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26891
26892 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26893 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26894 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26895 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26896 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26897 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26898 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26899
26900 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26901 mismatched $'s or braces.
26902
26903 Special commands:
26904 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26905
26906 Mode variables:
26907 tex-run-command
26908 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26909 tex-directory
26910 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26911 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26912 tex-dvi-print-command
26913 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26914 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26915 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26916 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26917 tex-dvi-view-command
26918 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26919 tex-show-queue-command
26920 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26921 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26922
26923 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26924 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26925 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26926
26927 \(fn)" t nil)
26928
26929 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26930 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26931 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26932 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26933 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26934
26935 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26936 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26937 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26938 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26939 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26940 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26941 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26942
26943 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26944 mismatched $'s or braces.
26945
26946 Special commands:
26947 \\{latex-mode-map}
26948
26949 Mode variables:
26950 latex-run-command
26951 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26952 tex-directory
26953 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26954 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26955 tex-dvi-print-command
26956 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26957 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26958 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26959 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26960 tex-dvi-view-command
26961 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26962 tex-show-queue-command
26963 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26964 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26965
26966 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26967 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26968 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26969
26970 \(fn)" t nil)
26971
26972 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26973 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26974 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26975 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26976 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26977
26978 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26979 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26980 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26981 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26982 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26983 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26984 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26985
26986 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26987 mismatched $'s or braces.
26988
26989 Special commands:
26990 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26991
26992 Mode variables:
26993 slitex-run-command
26994 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26995 tex-directory
26996 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26997 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26998 tex-dvi-print-command
26999 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27000 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27001 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27002 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27003 tex-dvi-view-command
27004 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27005 tex-show-queue-command
27006 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27007 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27008
27009 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27010 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27011 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27012 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27013
27014 \(fn)" t nil)
27015
27016 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27017 Not documented
27018
27019 \(fn)" nil nil)
27020
27021 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27022 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27023
27024 \(fn)" t nil)
27025
27026 ;;;***
27027 \f
27028 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27029 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19279 5152))
27030 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27031
27032 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27033 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27034 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27035 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27036
27037 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27038 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27039 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27040
27041 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27042
27043 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27044 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27045 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27046 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27047 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27048
27049 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27050
27051 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27052 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27053 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27054 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27055
27056 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27057 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27058 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27059 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27060
27061 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27062 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27063
27064 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27065
27066 ;;;***
27067 \f
27068 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27069 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19279 5152))
27070 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27071
27072 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27073 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27074
27075 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27076
27077 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27078 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27079
27080 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27081
27082 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27083 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27084
27085 It has these extra commands:
27086 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27087
27088 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27089 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27090 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27091 modified version of TeX input format.
27092
27093 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27094 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27095 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27096 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27097
27098 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27099 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27100 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27101 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27102 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27103 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27104 in the Texinfo file.
27105
27106 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27107 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27108 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27109 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27110 move forward past the closing brace.
27111
27112 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27113 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27114
27115 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27116 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27117 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27118
27119 Here are the functions:
27120
27121 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27122 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27123 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27124
27125 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27126 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27127 texinfo-master-menu
27128
27129 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27130
27131 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27132 which menu descriptions are indented.
27133
27134 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27135 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27136 in the region.
27137
27138 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27139 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27140 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27141 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27142
27143 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27144 be the first node in the file.
27145
27146 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27147 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27148
27149 \(fn)" t nil)
27150
27151 ;;;***
27152 \f
27153 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27154 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27155 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27156 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27157
27158 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27159 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27160 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27161 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27162
27163 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27164
27165 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27166 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27167
27168 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27169
27170 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27171 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27172
27173 \(fn)" t nil)
27174
27175 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27176 Not documented
27177
27178 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27179
27180 ;;;***
27181 \f
27182 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27183 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27184 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19279 5148))
27185 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27186
27187 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27188 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27189
27190 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27191
27192 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27193 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27194 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27195 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27196 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27197
27198 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27199 a symbol as a valid THING.
27200
27201 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27202 of the textual entity that was found.
27203
27204 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27205
27206 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27207 Return the THING at point.
27208 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27209 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27210 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27211
27212 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27213 a symbol as a valid THING.
27214
27215 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27216
27217 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27218 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27219
27220 \(fn)" nil nil)
27221
27222 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27223 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27224
27225 \(fn)" nil nil)
27226
27227 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27228 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27229
27230 \(fn)" nil nil)
27231
27232 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27233 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27234
27235 \(fn)" nil nil)
27236
27237 ;;;***
27238 \f
27239 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27240 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27241 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
27242 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27243
27244 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27245 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27246
27247 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27248
27249 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27250 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27251 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27252 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27253
27254 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27255
27256 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27257 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27258
27259 \(fn)" t nil)
27260
27261 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27262 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27263
27264 \(fn)" t nil)
27265
27266 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27267
27268 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27269 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27270
27271 \(fn)" t nil)
27272
27273 ;;;***
27274 \f
27275 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27276 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27277 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27278 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27279 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19279
27280 ;;;;;; 5150))
27281 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27282
27283 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27284 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27285 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27286
27287 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27288
27289 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27290 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27291
27292 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27293
27294 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27295 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27296 The returned string has no composition information.
27297
27298 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27299
27300 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27301 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27302
27303 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27304
27305 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27306 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27307
27308 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27309
27310 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27311 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27312 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27313 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27314
27315 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27316
27317 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27318 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27319 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27320 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27321
27322 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27323
27324 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27325 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27326 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27327
27328 \(fn)" t nil)
27329
27330 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27331 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27332 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27333
27334 \(fn)" t nil)
27335
27336 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27337 Not documented
27338
27339 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27340
27341 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27342 Not documented
27343
27344 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27345
27346 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27347 Not documented
27348
27349 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27350
27351 ;;;***
27352 \f
27353 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27354 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
27355 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27356
27357 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27358 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27359 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27360 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27361 parameters.
27362 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27363
27364 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27365
27366 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27367 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27368 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27369 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27370 parameters.
27371 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27372
27373 \(fn)" t nil)
27374
27375 ;;;***
27376 \f
27377 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27378 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27379 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19279 5148))
27380 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27381
27382 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27383 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27384
27385 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27386 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27387
27388 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27389 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27390 This display updates automatically every minute.
27391 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27392 are displayed as well.
27393 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27394
27395 \(fn)" t nil)
27396
27397 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27398 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27399 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27401 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27402 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27403
27404 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27405
27406 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27407 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27408 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27409
27410 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27411 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27412 are displayed as well.
27413 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27414
27415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27416
27417 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27418 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27419 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27420 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27421
27422 \(fn)" t nil)
27423
27424 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27425 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27426 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27427 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27428
27429 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27430
27431 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27432 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27433
27434 \(fn)" t nil)
27435
27436 ;;;***
27437 \f
27438 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27439 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27440 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27441 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27442 ;;;;;; (19292 15231))
27443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27444
27445 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27446 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27447 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27448
27449 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27450 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27451 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27452 (progn
27453 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27454 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27455 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27456
27457 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27458 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27459
27460 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27461
27462 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27463 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27464
27465 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27466
27467 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27468 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27469
27470 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27471
27472 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27473 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27474 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27475
27476 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27477
27478 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27479
27480 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27481 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27482 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27483
27484 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27487 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27488
27489 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27490
27491 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27492 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27493 DATE should be a date-time string.
27494
27495 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27496
27497 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27498 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27499 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27500
27501 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27502
27503 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27504 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27505
27506 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27507
27508 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27509 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27510
27511 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27512
27513 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27514 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27515 TIME should be a time value.
27516 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27517
27518 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27519
27520 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27521 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27522 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27523
27524 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27525
27526 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27527 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27528 The valid format specifiers are:
27529 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27530 %d is the number of days.
27531 %h is the number of hours.
27532 %m is the number of minutes.
27533 %s is the number of seconds.
27534 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27535 %% is a literal \"%\".
27536
27537 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27538 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27539
27540 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27541 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27542 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27543
27544 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27545 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27546 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27547
27548 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27549
27550 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27551
27552 ;;;***
27553 \f
27554 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27555 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19279 5148))
27556 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27557 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27558 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27559 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27560 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27561 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27562 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27563 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27564 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27565
27566 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27567 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27568 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27569 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27570 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27571 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27572 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27573 look like one of the following:
27574 Time-stamp: <>
27575 Time-stamp: \" \"
27576 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27577 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27578 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27579 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27580 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27581 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27582 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27583 the template.
27584
27585 \(fn)" t nil)
27586
27587 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27588 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27589 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27590
27591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27592
27593 ;;;***
27594 \f
27595 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27596 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27597 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27598 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27599 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
27600 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27601
27602 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27603 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27604 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27605 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27606 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27607 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27608 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27609 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27610 display (non-nil means on).
27611
27612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27613
27614 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27615 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27616 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27617 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27618 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27619 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27620 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27621 this function is called within a day.
27622
27623 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27624 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27625 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27626 discover the name of the project.
27627
27628 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27629
27630 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27631 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27632 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27633 begun during the last time segment.
27634
27635 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27636 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27637 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27638 discover the reason.
27639
27640 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27641
27642 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27643 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27644 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27645 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27646 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27647
27648 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27649
27650 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27651 Change to working on a different project.
27652 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27653 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27654 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27655 working on.
27656
27657 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27658
27659 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27660 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27661 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27662
27663 \(fn)" nil nil)
27664
27665 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27666 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27667 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27668
27669 \(fn)" t nil)
27670
27671 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27672 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27673 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27674 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27675 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27676 \"relative to today\".
27677
27678 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27679
27680 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27681 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27682 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27683 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27684
27685 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27686
27687 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27688 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27689 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27690 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27691 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27692 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27693
27694 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27695
27696 ;;;***
27697 \f
27698 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27699 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19279 5150))
27700 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27701
27702 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27703 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27704 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27705 the generated Quail package is saved.
27706
27707 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27708
27709 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27710 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27711 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27712 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27713 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27714 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27715 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27716
27717 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27718
27719 ;;;***
27720 \f
27721 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27722 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19279 5148))
27723 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27724 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27725 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27726
27727 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27728 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27729 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27730 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27731 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27732
27733 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27734
27735 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27736 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27737 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27738 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27739 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27740
27741 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27742
27743 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27744 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27745 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27746 in the menu in two ways:
27747 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27748 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27749 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27750
27751 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27752 keymap or an alist of alists.
27753 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27754 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27755
27756 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27757
27758 ;;;***
27759 \f
27760 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27761 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27762 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19279 5149))
27763 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27764
27765 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27766 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27767
27768 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27769
27770 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27771 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27772
27773 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27774
27775 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27776 Insert new TODO list entry.
27777 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27778 category.
27779
27780 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27781
27782 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27783 List top priorities for each category.
27784
27785 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27786 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27787
27788 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27789 between each category.
27790 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27791
27792 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27793
27794 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27795 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27796 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27797 between each category.
27798
27799 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27800
27801 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27802
27803 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27804 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27805
27806 \\{todo-mode-map}
27807
27808 \(fn)" t nil)
27809
27810 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27811 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27812
27813 \(fn)" nil nil)
27814
27815 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27816 Show TODO list.
27817
27818 \(fn)" t nil)
27819
27820 ;;;***
27821 \f
27822 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27823 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27824 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19279 5148))
27825 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27826
27827 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27828 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27829 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27830
27831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27832
27833 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27834
27835 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27836 Add an item to the tool bar.
27837 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27838 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27839 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27840 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27841
27842 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27843 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27844 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27845 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27846
27847 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27848 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27849
27850 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27851
27852 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27853 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27854 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27855 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27856 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27857 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27858
27859 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27860 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27861 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27862 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27863
27864 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27865
27866 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27867 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27868 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27869 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27870 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27871 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27872 properties to add to the binding.
27873
27874 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27875
27876 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27877 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27878
27879 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27880
27881 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27882 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27883 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27884 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27885 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27886 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27887 properties to add to the binding.
27888
27889 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27890 holds a keymap.
27891
27892 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27893
27894 ;;;***
27895 \f
27896 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27897 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27899
27900 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27901 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27902 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27905 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27906
27907 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27908
27909 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27910 TPU/edt emulation.
27911
27912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27913
27914 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27915
27916 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27917 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27918
27919 \(fn)" t nil)
27920
27921 ;;;***
27922 \f
27923 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27924 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
27925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27926
27927 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27928 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27929
27930 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27931 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27932 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27933 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27934 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27935
27936 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27937 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27938 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27939 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27940 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27941
27942 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27943 (tpu-edt)
27944
27945 Known Problems:
27946
27947 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27948 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27949 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27950 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27951 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27952 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27953
27954 \(fn)" t nil)
27955
27956 ;;;***
27957 \f
27958 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19279 5149))
27959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27960
27961 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27962 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27963 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27964 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27965 to a tcp server on another machine.
27966
27967 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27968
27969 ;;;***
27970 \f
27971 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27972 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19370 36541))
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27974
27975 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27976 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27977
27978 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27979
27980 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27981 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27982 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27983 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27984 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27985 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27986 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27987 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27988
27989 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27990
27991 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27992 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27993 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27994 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27995 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27996 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27997 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27998 the window or buffer configuration.
27999
28000 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28001
28002 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28003
28004 ;;;***
28005 \f
28006 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28007 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28008 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28009 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19370 36541))
28010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28011
28012 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28013 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28014 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28015
28016 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28017
28018 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28019 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28020
28021 It can have the following values:
28022
28023 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28024 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28025 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28026
28027 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28028
28029 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28030 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28031 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28032 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28033
28034 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28035 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28036 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28037 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28038
28039 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28040 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28041 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28042
28043 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28044 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28045 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28046 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28047 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28048 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28049 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28050 files which are not really Tramp files.
28051
28052 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28053 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28054 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28055 updated after changing this variable.
28056
28057 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28058
28059 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28060 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28061 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28062 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28063
28064 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
28065 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28066 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28067 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28068
28069 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28070 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28071 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28072 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28073
28074 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28075 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28076 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28077
28078 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28079 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28080 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28081
28082 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28083 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28084 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28085 updated after changing this variable.
28086
28087 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28088
28089 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28090 Alist of completion handler functions.
28091 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28092 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28093 normal Emacs functions.")
28094
28095 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28096 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28097 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28098 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28099
28100 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28101 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28102 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28103 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28104
28105 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28106 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28107 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28108
28109 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28110
28111 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28112 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28113 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28114
28115 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28116 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28117 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28118
28119 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28120 Not documented
28121
28122 \(fn)" nil nil)
28123
28124 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28125 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28126
28127 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28128
28129 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28130 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28131
28132 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28133
28134 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28135 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28136
28137 \(fn)" t nil)
28138
28139 ;;;***
28140 \f
28141 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28142 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
28143 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28144
28145 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28146 Not documented
28147
28148 \(fn)" nil nil)
28149
28150 ;;;***
28151 \f
28152 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19279
28153 ;;;;;; 5148))
28154 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28155
28156 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28157 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28158 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28159 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28160 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28161 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28162 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28163 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28164
28165 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28166 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28167 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28168
28169 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28170 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28171 resumed later.
28172
28173 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28178 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
28179 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28180
28181 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28182 Not documented
28183
28184 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28185
28186 ;;;***
28187 \f
28188 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28189 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19279 5152))
28190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28191 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28192 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28193 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28194
28195 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28196 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28197 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28198 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28199 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28200 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28201 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28202
28203 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28204
28205 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28206 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28207 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28208 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28209
28210 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28211
28212 \(fn)" t nil)
28213
28214 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28215 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28216 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28217 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28218 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28219 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28220 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28221
28222 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28223 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28224
28225 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28226 \\___/\\
28227 / \\
28228 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28229
28230 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28231
28232 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28233
28234 ;;;***
28235 \f
28236 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28237 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28238 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28239 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28240 ;;;;;; (19279 5148))
28241 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28242
28243 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28244 Toggle typing break mode.
28245 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28247 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28248
28249 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28250
28251 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28252 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28253
28254 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28255
28256 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28257 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28258
28259 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28260 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28261 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28262
28263 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28264 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28265
28266 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28267
28268 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28269 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28270
28271 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28272 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28273 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28274 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28275
28276 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28277
28278 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28279 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28280 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28281
28282 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28283 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28284 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28285 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28286 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28287 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28288
28289 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28290 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28291 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28292 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28293
28294 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28295 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28296
28297 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28298 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28299
28300 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28301
28302 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28303 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28304 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28305
28306 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28307 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28308 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28309 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28310 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28311 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28312 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28313
28314 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28315 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28316
28317 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28318 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28319 reset the keystroke counter.
28320
28321 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28322 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28323 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28324 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28325
28326 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28327 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28328 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28329 `type-break-schedule' command.
28330
28331 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28332 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28333 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28334 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28335 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28336 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28337 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28338 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28339 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28340
28341 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28342 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28343 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28344 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28345 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28346
28347 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28348 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28349 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28350 approximate good values for this.
28351
28352 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28353 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28354
28355 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28356 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28357 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28358 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28359 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28360 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28361
28362 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28363 a typing break occur. They include:
28364
28365 `type-break-query-mode'
28366 `type-break-query-function'
28367 `type-break-query-interval'
28368
28369 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28370
28371 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28372 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28373 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28374 problems.
28375
28376 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28377
28378 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28379 Take a typing break.
28380
28381 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28382 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28383
28384 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28385 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28386
28387 \(fn)" t nil)
28388
28389 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28390 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28391 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28392 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28393
28394 \(fn)" t nil)
28395
28396 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28397 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28398
28399 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28400 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28401 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28402 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28403 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28404 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28405 average typing speed.)
28406
28407 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28408 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28409 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28410 the computed maximum threshold.
28411
28412 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28413 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28414 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28415 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28416 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28417
28418 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28419
28420 ;;;***
28421 \f
28422 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19279 5150))
28423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28424
28425 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28426 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28427 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28428 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28429 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28430
28431 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28432
28433 ;;;***
28434 \f
28435 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28436 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28437 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28438 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28439 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28440 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19279 5150))
28441 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28442
28443 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28444 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28445
28446 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28447
28448 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28449 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28450
28451 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28452
28453 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28454 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28455
28456 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28457
28458 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28459 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28460
28461 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28462
28463 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28464 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28465
28466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28467
28468 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28469 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28470
28471 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28472
28473 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28474 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28475
28476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28477
28478 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28479 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28480
28481 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28482
28483 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28484 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28485
28486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28487
28488 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28489 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28490
28491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28492
28493 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28494 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28495
28496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28497
28498 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28499 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28500
28501 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28502
28503 ;;;***
28504 \f
28505 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28506 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19279 5152))
28507 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28508
28509 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28510 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28511 Works by overstriking underscores.
28512 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28513 which specify the range to operate on.
28514
28515 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28516
28517 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28518 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28519 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28520 which specify the range to operate on.
28521
28522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28523
28524 ;;;***
28525 \f
28526 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28527 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
28528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28529
28530 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28531 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28532 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28533 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28534 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28535 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28536
28537 \(fn)" nil nil)
28538
28539 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28540 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28541
28542 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28543
28544 ;;;***
28545 \f
28546 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19279
28547 ;;;;;; 5150))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28549
28550 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28551 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28552 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28553 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28554
28555 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28556
28557 ;;;***
28558 \f
28559 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28560 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19365 25156))
28561 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28562
28563 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28564 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28565 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28566
28567 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28568 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28569 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28570 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28571 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28572 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28573
28574 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28575 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28576 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28577
28578 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28579 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28580 the callback is not called).
28581
28582 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28583 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28584 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28585 take effect.
28586
28587 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28588
28589 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28590 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28591 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28592 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28593 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28594
28595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28596
28597 ;;;***
28598 \f
28599 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28600 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19279 5152))
28601 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28602
28603 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28604 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28605 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28606
28607 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28608 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28609 `url-generic-parse-url'
28610 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28611 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28612 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28613 realm
28614 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28615 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28616 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28617 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28618 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28619 what type of auth to use
28620 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28621 if one cannot be found in the cache
28622
28623 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28624
28625 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28626 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28627
28628 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28629 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28630 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28631 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28632 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28633 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28634 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28635 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28636
28637 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28638
28639 ;;;***
28640 \f
28641 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28642 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19279
28643 ;;;;;; 5152))
28644 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28645
28646 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28647 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28648
28649 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28650
28651 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28652 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28653
28654 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28655
28656 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28657 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28658
28659 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28660
28661 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28662 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28663
28664 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28665
28666 ;;;***
28667 \f
28668 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19279 5152))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28670
28671 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28672 Not documented
28673
28674 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28675
28676 ;;;***
28677 \f
28678 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28679 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19279 5152))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28681
28682 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28683 Not documented
28684
28685 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28686
28687 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28688 Not documented
28689
28690 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28691
28692 ;;;***
28693 \f
28694 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19279
28695 ;;;;;; 5152))
28696 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28697
28698 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28699 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28700
28701 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28702
28703 ;;;***
28704 \f
28705 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28706 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19279 5152))
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28708
28709 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28710 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28711
28712 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28713
28714 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28715 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28716 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28717 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28718 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28719
28720 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28721
28722 ;;;***
28723 \f
28724 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28725 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28726 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28728
28729 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28730 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28731 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28733 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28734 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28735
28736 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28737
28738 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28739 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28740
28741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28742
28743 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28744 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28745 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28746 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28747
28748 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28749
28750 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28751 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28752 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28753 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28754 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28755 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28756 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28757 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28758 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28759 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28760
28761 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28762
28763 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28764 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28765 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28766 accessible.
28767
28768 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28769
28770 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28771 Not documented
28772
28773 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28774
28775 ;;;***
28776 \f
28777 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28778 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19372 27330))
28779 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28780
28781 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28782 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28783 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28784 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28785 CBARGS as the arguments.
28786
28787 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28788
28789 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28790 Not documented
28791
28792 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28793
28794 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28795
28796 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28797 Not documented
28798
28799 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28800
28801 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28802 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28803 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28804
28805 Property list members:
28806
28807 methods
28808 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28809 supports.
28810
28811 dav
28812 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28813 supported.
28814
28815 dasl
28816 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28817
28818 ranges
28819 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28820
28821 p3p
28822 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28823 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28824 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28825 Emacs/W3.
28826
28827 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28828
28829 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28830 Default HTTPS port.")
28831
28832 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28833 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28834 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28835
28836 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28837 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28838 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28839 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28840 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28841
28842 ;;;***
28843 \f
28844 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19279 5152))
28845 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28846
28847 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28848 Not documented
28849
28850 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28851
28852 ;;;***
28853 \f
28854 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19279
28855 ;;;;;; 5152))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28857
28858 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28859 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28860 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28861 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28862 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28863
28864 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28865
28866 ;;;***
28867 \f
28868 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28869 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28870 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28871
28872 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28873 Not documented
28874
28875 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28876
28877 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28878 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28879
28880 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881
28882 ;;;***
28883 \f
28884 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28885 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19279 5152))
28886 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28887
28888 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28889 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28890
28891 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28892
28893 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28894 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28895
28896 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28897
28898 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28899 Not documented
28900
28901 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28902
28903 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28904
28905 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28906
28907 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28908
28909 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28910 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28911
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913
28914 ;;;***
28915 \f
28916 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28917 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28918 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28919
28920 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28921 Not documented
28922
28923 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28924
28925 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28926 Not documented
28927
28928 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28929
28930 ;;;***
28931 \f
28932 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28933 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28934 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28936
28937 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28938 Not documented
28939
28940 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28941
28942 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28943 Not documented
28944
28945 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28946
28947 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28948 Not documented
28949
28950 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28951
28952 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28953 Not documented
28954
28955 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28956
28957 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28958 Not documented
28959
28960 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28961
28962 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28963 Not documented
28964
28965 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28966
28967 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28968 Not documented
28969
28970 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28971
28972 ;;;***
28973 \f
28974 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28975 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19279 5152))
28976 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28977
28978 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28979 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28980
28981 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28982
28983 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28984 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28985 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28986 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28987
28988 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28989
28990 ;;;***
28991 \f
28992 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28993 ;;;;;; (19279 5152))
28994 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28995
28996 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28997 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28998
28999 \(fn)" t nil)
29000
29001 ;;;***
29002 \f
29003 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29004 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29005 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29006 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29007 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29008 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29009 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19292 15232))
29010 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29011
29012 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29013 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29014 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29015
29016 If t, all messages will be logged.
29017 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29018 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29019
29020 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29021
29022 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29023 Not documented
29024
29025 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29026
29027 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29028 Not documented
29029
29030 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29031
29032 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29033 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29034 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29035 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29036 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29037 & ==> &amp;
29038 < ==> &lt;
29039 > ==> &gt;
29040 \" ==> &quot;
29041
29042 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29043
29044 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29045 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29046 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29047
29048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29049
29050 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29051 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29052 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29053
29054 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29055
29056 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29057 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29058
29059 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29060
29061 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29062 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29063
29064 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29065
29066 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29067 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29068
29069 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29070
29071 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29072 Not documented
29073
29074 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29075
29076 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29077 Not documented
29078
29079 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29080
29081 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29082 Not documented
29083
29084 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29085
29086 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29087
29088 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29089 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29090
29091 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29092
29093 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29094 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29095
29096 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29097
29098 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29099 Not documented
29100
29101 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29104 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29105 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29106 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29107 forbidden in URL encoding.
29108
29109 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29110
29111 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29112 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29113 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29114 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29115 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29116 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29117
29118 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29119
29120 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29121 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29122 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29123 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29124
29125 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29126
29127 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29128 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29129 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29130
29131 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29132
29133 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29134 View the current document's URL.
29135 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29136 the minibuffer.
29137
29138 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29139
29140 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29141
29142 ;;;***
29143 \f
29144 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29145 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19279 5148))
29146 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29147
29148 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29149 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29150 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29151 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29152 to refrain from editing the file
29153 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29154 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29155 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29156 in any way you like.
29157
29158 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29161 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29162 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29163 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29164 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29165
29166 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29167 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29168
29169 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29170
29171 ;;;***
29172 \f
29173 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29174 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29175 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19279 5150))
29176 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29177
29178 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29179 Not documented
29180
29181 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29184 Not documented
29185
29186 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29187
29188 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29189 Not documented
29190
29191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29192
29193 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29194 Not documented
29195
29196 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29197
29198 ;;;***
29199 \f
29200 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29201 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29202 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
29203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29204
29205 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29206 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29207 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29208 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29209
29210 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29211
29212 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29213 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29214 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29215
29216 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29219 Uudecode region between START and END.
29220 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29221
29222 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29223
29224 ;;;***
29225 \f
29226 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29227 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29228 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29229 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29230 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29231 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29232 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19370 36540))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29234
29235 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29236 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29237 See `run-hooks'.")
29238
29239 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29240
29241 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29242 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29243 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29244
29245 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29246
29247 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29248 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29249 See `run-hooks'.")
29250
29251 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29252
29253 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29254 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29255 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29256
29257 For locking systems:
29258 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29259 control.
29260 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29261 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29262 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29263 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29264 it performs a revert on that file.
29265 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29266 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29267 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29268 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29269 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29270 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29271 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29272
29273 For merging systems:
29274 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29275 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29276 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29277 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29278 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29279 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29280 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29281 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29282 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29283
29284 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29285
29286 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29287 Register into a version control system.
29288 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29289 Otherwise register the current file.
29290 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29291 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29292
29293 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29294 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29295 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29296 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29297 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29298 first backend that could register the file is used.
29299
29300 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29301
29302 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29303 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29304
29305 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29306
29307 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29308 Display diffs between file revisions.
29309 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29310 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29311 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29312
29313 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29314 saving the buffer.
29315
29316 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29317
29318 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29319 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29320 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29321 fileset with the working revision.
29322 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29323 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29324
29325 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29326 saving the buffer.
29327
29328 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29329
29330 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29331 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29332 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29333 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29334
29335 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29336
29337 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29338 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29339 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29340 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29341
29342 \(fn)" t nil)
29343
29344 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29345 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29346 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29347 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29348 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29349 from the current branch.
29350
29351 See Info node `Merging'.
29352
29353 \(fn)" t nil)
29354
29355 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29356
29357 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29358 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29359 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29360 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29361 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29362 checked out in that new branch.
29363
29364 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29365
29366 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29367 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29368 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29369 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29370 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29371 allowed and simply skipped).
29372
29373 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29374
29375 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29376 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29377 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29378 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29379 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29380
29381 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29382 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29383
29384 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29385
29386 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29387 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29388 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29389 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29390 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29391
29392 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29393
29394 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29395 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29396 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29397 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29398
29399 \(fn)" t nil)
29400
29401 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29402 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29403 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29404 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29405
29406 \(fn)" t nil)
29407
29408 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29409
29410 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29411 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29412 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29413 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29414 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29415 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29416
29417 \(fn)" t nil)
29418
29419 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29420 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29421 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29422 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29423 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29424 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29425 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29426
29427 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29428
29429 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29430 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29431 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29432 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29433 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29434 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29435 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29436 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29437 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29438
29439 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29440
29441 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29442 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29443
29444 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29445
29446 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29447 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29448
29449 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29450
29451 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29452 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29453 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29454 directory.
29455
29456 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29457
29458 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29459 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29460 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29461
29462 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29463 log entries should be gathered.
29464
29465 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29466
29467 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29468 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29469
29470 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29471
29472 ;;;***
29473 \f
29474 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19356
29475 ;;;;;; 10801))
29476 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29477
29478 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29479 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29480
29481 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29482 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29483 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29484 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29485 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29486 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29487
29488 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29489 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29490 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29491 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29492 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29493 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29494 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29495 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29496
29497 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29498
29499 Customization variables:
29500
29501 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29502 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29503 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29504 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29505
29506 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29507
29508 ;;;***
29509 \f
29510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19365 25156))
29511 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29512 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29513 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29514 (progn
29515 (load "vc-arch")
29516 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29517
29518 ;;;***
29519 \f
29520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19370 36540))
29521 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29522
29523 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29524 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29525
29526 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29527 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29528 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29529 (progn
29530 (load "vc-bzr")
29531 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29532
29533 ;;;***
29534 \f
29535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19365 25156))
29536 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29537 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29538 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29539 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29540 (load "vc-cvs")
29541 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29542
29543 ;;;***
29544 \f
29545 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19370 36540))
29546 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29547
29548 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29549 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29550 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29551 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29552 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29553
29554 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29555 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29556 The file lines appear later.
29557
29558 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29559 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29560
29561 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29562
29563 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29564
29565 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29566
29567 ;;;***
29568 \f
29569 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29570 ;;;;;; (19374 2442))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29572
29573 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29574 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29575 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29576 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29577 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29578 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29579 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29580 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29581 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29582 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29583 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29584 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29585 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29586 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29587 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29588
29589 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29590
29591 ;;;***
29592 \f
29593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19365 25156))
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29595 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29596 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29597 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29598 (progn
29599 (load "vc-git")
29600 (vc-git-registered file))))
29601
29602 ;;;***
29603 \f
29604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19370 36540))
29605 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29606 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29607 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29608 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29609 (progn
29610 (load "vc-hg")
29611 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29612
29613 ;;;***
29614 \f
29615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19365 25156))
29616 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29617
29618 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29619
29620 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29621 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29622 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29623 (progn
29624 (load "vc-mtn")
29625 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29626
29627 ;;;***
29628 \f
29629 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29630 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
29631 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29632
29633 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29634 Where to look for RCS master files.
29635 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29636
29637 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29638
29639 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29640
29641 ;;;***
29642 \f
29643 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29644 ;;;;;; (19365 25156))
29645 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29646
29647 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29648 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29649 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29650
29651 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29652 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29653
29654 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29655 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29656 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29657 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29658
29659 ;;;***
29660 \f
29661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19365 25156))
29662 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29663 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29664 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29665 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29666 "_svn")
29667 (t ".svn"))))
29668 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29669 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29670 (file-name-directory f)))
29671 (load "vc-svn")
29672 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29673
29674 ;;;***
29675 \f
29676 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29677 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29679 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29680
29681 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29682 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29683
29684 Usage:
29685 ------
29686
29687 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29688 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29689 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29690 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29691
29692 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29693 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29694 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29695 completions.
29696
29697 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29698 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29699
29700 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29701 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29702
29703 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29704 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29705 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29706
29707 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29708
29709
29710 Maintenance:
29711 ------------
29712
29713 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29714 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29715
29716 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29717
29718 Official distribution is at
29719 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29720
29721
29722 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29723 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29724
29725 Key bindings:
29726 -------------
29727
29728 \\{vera-mode-map}
29729
29730 \(fn)" t nil)
29731
29732 ;;;***
29733 \f
29734 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29735 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29737
29738 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29739 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29740 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29741 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29742 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29743
29744 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29745
29746 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29747 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29748
29749 Supports highlighting.
29750
29751 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29752 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29753
29754 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29755
29756 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29757 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29758 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29759 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29760 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29761 on the left side of your screen.
29762 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29763 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29764 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29765 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29766 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29767 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29768 function keyword.
29769 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29770 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29771 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29772 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29773 if (a)
29774 begin
29775 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29776 Indentation for case statements.
29777 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29778 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29779 mark after an end.
29780 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29781 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29782 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29783 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29784 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29785 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29786 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29787 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29788 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29789 if (a)
29790 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29791 otherwise you get:
29792 if (a)
29793 begin
29794 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29795 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29796 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29797 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29798 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29799 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29800 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29801 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29802 comments in tight quarters.
29803 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29804 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29805
29806 Variables controlling other actions:
29807
29808 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29809 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29810 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29811
29812 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29813
29814 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29815
29816 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29817 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29818 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29819
29820 Some other functions are:
29821
29822 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29823 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29824 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29825 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29826 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29827
29828 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29829 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29830 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29831 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29832
29833 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29834 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29835 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29836 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29837 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29838 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29839 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29840 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29841 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29842 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29843 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29844 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29845 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29846 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29847 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29848 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29849 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29850 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29851 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29852 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29853 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29854 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29855 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29856 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29857 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29858 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29859 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29860 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29861
29862 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29863 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29864
29865 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29866
29867 \(fn)" t nil)
29868
29869 ;;;***
29870 \f
29871 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29872 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
29873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29874
29875 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29876 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29877
29878 Usage:
29879 ------
29880
29881 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29882 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29883 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29884 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29885 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29886 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29887 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29888 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29889 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29890
29891 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29892 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29893 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29894 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29895
29896 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29897 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29898 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29899 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29900 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29901
29902 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29903 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29904
29905
29906 HEADER INSERTION:
29907 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29908 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29909 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29910
29911
29912 STUTTERING:
29913 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29914 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29915 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29916 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29917
29918 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29919 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29920 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29921 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29922 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29923
29924
29925 WORD COMPLETION:
29926 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29927 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29928 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29929 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29930
29931 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29932 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29933 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29934 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29935 beginning with \"std\").
29936
29937 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29938 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29939 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29940 stop.
29941
29942
29943 COMMENTS:
29944 `--' puts a single comment.
29945 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29946 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29947 with a comment in between.
29948 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29949 out following lines.
29950 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29951 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29952
29953 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29954 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29955 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29956 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29957 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29958 non-nil.
29959
29960 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29961 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29962 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29963 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29964 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29965 multi-line comments.
29966
29967
29968 INDENTATION:
29969 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29970 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29971 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29972 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29973
29974 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29975 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29976 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29977 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29978
29979 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29980 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29981 and vice versa.
29982
29983 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29984 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29985
29986
29987 ALIGNMENT:
29988 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29989 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29990 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29991 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29992 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29993 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29994 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29995 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29996
29997 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29998 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29999 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30000 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30001 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30002 is non-nil.
30003
30004 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30005 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30006 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30007
30008 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30009 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30010
30011
30012 CODE FILLING:
30013 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30014 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30015 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30016 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30017 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30018 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30019
30020
30021 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30022 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30023 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30024 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30025 command:
30026
30027 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30028
30029
30030 PORT TRANSLATION:
30031 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30032 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30033 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30034 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30035 internal signal initializations (menu).
30036
30037 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30038 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30039 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30040
30041 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30042 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30043 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30044 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30045 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30046 in subsequent paste operations.)
30047
30048 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30049 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30050 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30051
30052
30053 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30054 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30055 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30056 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30057 association list with formals).
30058
30059
30060 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30061 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30062 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30063 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30064 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30065 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30066 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30067 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30068 `vhdl-testbench'.
30069
30070
30071 KEY BINDINGS:
30072 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30073
30074
30075 VHDL MENU:
30076 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30077
30078
30079 FILE BROWSER:
30080 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30081 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30082 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30083
30084 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30085 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30086
30087
30088 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30089 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30090 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30091 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30092
30093 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30094 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30095 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30096
30097 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30098 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30099 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30100 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30101
30102 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30103 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30104 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30105 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30106 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30107
30108 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30109 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30110 required by secondary units.
30111
30112
30113 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30114 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30115 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30116 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30117 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30118 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30119 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30120 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30121 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30122 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30123 inputs to this component -> input port created
30124 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30125 outputs from this component -> output port created
30126 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30127 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30128
30129 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30130 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30131 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30132 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30133 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30134
30135 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30136 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30137
30138 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30139 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30140 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30141 component instantiation is also supported (option
30142 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30143
30144 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30145 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30146 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30147 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30148 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30149 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30150 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30151 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30152 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30153 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30154 | generating the configuration.
30155 |
30156 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30157 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30158 | configurations in speedbar.
30159
30160 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30161
30162
30163 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30164 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30165 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30166 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30167 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30168 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30169 information. New compilers can be added.
30170
30171 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30172 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30173
30174
30175 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30176 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30177 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30178 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30179 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30180
30181 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30182 command:
30183
30184 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30185 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30186 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30187
30188 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30189 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30190 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30191 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30192 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30193 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30194 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30195
30196 Limitations:
30197 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30198 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30199 not (yet) supported.
30200 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30201 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30202 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30203
30204
30205 PROJECTS:
30206 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30207 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30208 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30209 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30210 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30211 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30212 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30213 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30214
30215 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30216 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30217 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30218 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30219 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30220 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30221 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30222 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30223 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30224 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30225 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30226
30227
30228 SPECIAL MENUES:
30229 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30230 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30231 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30232 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30233 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30234 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30235 current directory for VHDL source files.
30236
30237
30238 VHDL STANDARDS:
30239 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30240 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30241
30242
30243 KEYWORD CASE:
30244 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30245 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30246 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30247 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30248 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30249 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30250 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30251 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30252
30253
30254 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30255 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30256 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30257 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30258 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30259 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30260 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30261
30262 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30263 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30264 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30265 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30266 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30267 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30268
30269 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30270 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30271 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30272 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30273 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30274 visually.
30275
30276 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30277 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30278 highlighted if written in lower case.
30279
30280 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30281 highlighted using a different background color if option
30282 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30283
30284 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30285 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30286 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30287 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30288 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30289
30290
30291 USER MODELS:
30292 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30293 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30294 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30295
30296
30297 HIDE/SHOW:
30298 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30299 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30300 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30301 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30302 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30303
30304
30305 CODE UPDATING:
30306 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30307 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30308 Limitations:
30309 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30310 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30311 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30312 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30313 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30314 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30315 (used to obtain the port names).
30316
30317
30318 CODE FIXING:
30319 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30320 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30321
30322
30323 PRINTING:
30324 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30325 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30326 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30327 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30328 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30329 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30330 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30331 printers.
30332
30333
30334 OPTIONS:
30335 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30336 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30337 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30338 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30339 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30340
30341 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30342 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30343 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30344 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30345 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30346 INSTALL file).
30347
30348 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30349 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30350
30351
30352 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30353 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30354 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30355 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30356
30357 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30358
30359
30360 HINTS:
30361 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30362 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30363
30364 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30365
30366 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30367
30368 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30369
30370
30371 RELEASE NOTES:
30372 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30373
30374
30375 Maintenance:
30376 ------------
30377
30378 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30379 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30380
30381 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30382
30383 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30384 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30385 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30386 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30387
30388 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30389 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30390 where the latest version can be found.
30391
30392
30393 Known problems:
30394 ---------------
30395
30396 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30397 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30398 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30399
30400
30401 The VHDL Mode Authors
30402 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30403
30404 Key bindings:
30405 -------------
30406
30407 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30408
30409 \(fn)" t nil)
30410
30411 ;;;***
30412 \f
30413 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19256 49605))
30414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30415
30416 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30417 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30418 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30419 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30420
30421 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30422 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30423 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30424 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30425 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30426
30427 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30428 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30429
30430 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30431
30432 * Limitations and unsupported features
30433 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30434 not supported.
30435 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30436 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30437
30438 * Modifications
30439 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30440 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30441 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30442 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30443 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30444 for undoing a repeated change command.
30445 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30446 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30447 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30448
30449 * Extensions
30450 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30451 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30452 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30453 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30454 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30455 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30456 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30457 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30458
30459 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30460
30461 \(fn)" t nil)
30462
30463 ;;;***
30464 \f
30465 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30466 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30467 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30468 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19279 5150))
30469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30470
30471 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30472 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30473
30474 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30475
30476 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30477 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30478 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30479 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30480
30481 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30482
30483 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30484 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30485
30486 \(fn)" t nil)
30487
30488 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30489 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30490 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30491 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30492
30493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30494
30495 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30496 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30497
30498 \(fn)" t nil)
30499
30500 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30501 Not documented
30502
30503 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30504
30505 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30506 Not documented
30507
30508 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30509
30510 ;;;***
30511 \f
30512 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30513 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30514 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30515 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30516 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19356 10801))
30517 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30518
30519 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30520 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30521 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30522
30523 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30524
30525 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30526 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30527 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30528 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30529
30530 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30531
30532 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30533 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30534
30535 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30536
30537 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30538 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30539 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30540 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30541 moving around in the buffer.
30542 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30543 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30544
30545 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30546
30547 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30548
30549 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30550 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30551 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30552 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30553
30554 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30555 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30556 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30557 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30558 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30559
30560 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30561
30562 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30563
30564 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30565 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30566 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30567 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30568 buffer.
30569
30570 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30571 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30572 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30573 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30574 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30575
30576 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30577
30578 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30579
30580 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30581 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30582 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30583 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30584 moving around in the buffer.
30585 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30586 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30587
30588 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30589
30590 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30591 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30592 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30593
30594 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30595 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30596 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30597 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30598
30599 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30600
30601 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30602 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30603 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30604 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30605 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30606 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30607 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30608 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30609
30610 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30611
30612 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30613 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30614 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30615
30616 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30617
30618 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30619 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30620 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30621 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30622 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30623 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30624 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30625 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30626
30627 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30628
30629 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30630 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30631 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30632
30633 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30634
30635 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30636 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30637 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30638 turn it off.
30639
30640 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30641 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30642 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30643 read-only.
30644 \\<view-mode-map>
30645 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30646 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30647 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30648 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30649 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30650
30651 H, h, ? This message.
30652 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30653 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30654 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30655 > move to the end of buffer.
30656 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30657 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30658 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30659 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30660 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30661 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30662 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30663 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30664 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30665 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30666 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30667 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30668 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30669 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30670 Use this to view a changing file.
30671 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30672 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30673 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30674 . set the mark.
30675 x exchanges point and mark.
30676 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30677 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30678 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30679 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30680 ' go to position saved in character register.
30681 s do forward incremental search.
30682 r do reverse incremental search.
30683 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30684 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30685 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30686 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30687 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30688 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30689 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30690 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30691 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30692 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30693 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30694 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30695 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30696 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30697 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30698 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30699 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30700
30701 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30702 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30703 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30704 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30705 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30706 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30707 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30708 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30709 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30710
30711 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30712
30713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30714
30715 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30716 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30717 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30718 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30719 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30720 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30721 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30722 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30723 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30724
30725 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30726
30727 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30728 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30729 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30730 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30731 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30732 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30733 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30734
30735 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30736 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30737 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30738 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30739 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30740 1) nil Do nothing.
30741 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30742 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30743 frame.
30744 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30745 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30746 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30747 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30748
30749 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30750
30751 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30752
30753 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30754
30755 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30756 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30757
30758 \(fn)" t nil)
30759
30760 ;;;***
30761 \f
30762 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19279
30763 ;;;;;; 5150))
30764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30765
30766 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30767 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30768
30769 \(fn)" nil nil)
30770
30771 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30772 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30773
30774 \(fn)" t nil)
30775
30776 ;;;***
30777 \f
30778 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30779 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
30780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30781
30782 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30783 Toggle Viper on/off.
30784 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30785
30786 \(fn)" t nil)
30787
30788 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30789 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30790
30791 \(fn)" t nil)
30792
30793 ;;;***
30794 \f
30795 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30796 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
30797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30798
30799 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30800 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30801 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30802 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30803 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30804 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30805 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30806 the beginning of the warning.")
30807
30808 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30809 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30810 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30811 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30812 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30813 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30814 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30815 also call that function before the next warning.")
30816
30817 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30818 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30819
30820 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30821 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30822 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30823 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30824
30825 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30826 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30827 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30828 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30829 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30830 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30831
30832 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30833 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30834 Default is :warning.
30835
30836 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30837 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30838 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30839 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30840 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30841 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30842
30843 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30844 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30845 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30846
30847 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30848
30849 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30850 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30851
30852 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30853
30854 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30855 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30856 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30857 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30858
30859 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30860 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30861 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30862 can be whatever you like.)
30863
30864 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30865 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30866
30867 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30868 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30869 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30870 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30871 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30872
30873 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30874
30875 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30876 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30877 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30878 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30879 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30880
30881 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30882
30883 ;;;***
30884 \f
30885 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30886 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
30887 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30888
30889 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30890 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30891 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30892 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30893 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30894 in disk.
30895
30896 See `wdired-mode'.
30897
30898 \(fn)" t nil)
30899
30900 ;;;***
30901 \f
30902 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19279 5151))
30903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30904
30905 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30906 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30907
30908 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30909 hotlist.
30910
30911 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30912 <nwv@acm.org>.
30913
30914 \(fn)" t nil)
30915
30916 ;;;***
30917 \f
30918 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30919 ;;;;;; (19279 5151))
30920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30921 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30922 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30923
30924 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30925
30926 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30927 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30928 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30931 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30932
30933 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30934
30935 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30936 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30937 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30938 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30939
30940 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30941 and off otherwise.
30942
30943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30944
30945 ;;;***
30946 \f
30947 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30948 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30949 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30950 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19356 10801))
30951 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30952
30953 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30954 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30955
30956 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30957 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30958 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30959
30960 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30961 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30962
30963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30964
30965 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30966 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30967
30968 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30969 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30970 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30971
30972 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30973 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30974 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30975 use `whitespace-mode'.
30976
30977 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30978
30979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30980
30981 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30982 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30983 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30986 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30987
30988 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30989
30990 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30991 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30992
30993 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30994 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30995 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30996
30997 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30998 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30999
31000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31001
31002 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31003 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31004 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31006 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31007 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31008
31009 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31010
31011 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31012 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31013
31014 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31015 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31016 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31017
31018 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31019 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31020 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31021 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31022
31023 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31024
31025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31026
31027 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31028 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31029
31030 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31031 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31032
31033 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31034 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31035
31036 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31037
31038 CHAR MEANING
31039 (VIA FACES)
31040 t toggle TAB visualization
31041 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31042 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31043 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31044 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31045 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31046 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31047 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31048 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31049 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31050 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31051 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31052 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31053 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31054 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31055 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31056
31057 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31058 T toggle TAB visualization
31059 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31060 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31061
31062 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31063 ? display brief help
31064
31065 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31066 The valid symbols are:
31067
31068 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31069 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31070 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31071 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31072 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31073 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31074 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31075 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31076 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31077 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31078 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31079 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31080 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31081 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31082 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31083 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31084
31085 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31086 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31087 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31088
31089 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31090
31091 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31092
31093 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31094
31095 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31096 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31097
31098 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31099 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31100
31101 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31102 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31103
31104 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31105
31106 CHAR MEANING
31107 (VIA FACES)
31108 t toggle TAB visualization
31109 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31110 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31111 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31112 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31113 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31114 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31115 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31116 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31117 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31118 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31119 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31120 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31121 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31122 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31123 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31124
31125 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31126 T toggle TAB visualization
31127 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31128 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31129
31130 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31131 ? display brief help
31132
31133 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31134 The valid symbols are:
31135
31136 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31137 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31138 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31139 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31140 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31141 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31142 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31143 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31144 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31145 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31146 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31147 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31148 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31149 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31150 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31151 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31152
31153 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31154 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31155 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31156
31157 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31158
31159 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31160
31161 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31162
31163 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31164 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31165
31166 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31167 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31168 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31169 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31170 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31171
31172 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31173
31174 The problems cleaned up are:
31175
31176 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31177 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31178 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31179 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31180
31181 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31182 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31183 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31184 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31185 SPACEs.
31186 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31187 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31188 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31189 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31190
31191 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31192 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31193 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31194 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31195 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31196 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31197 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31198 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31199
31200 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31201 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31202 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31203
31204 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31205 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31206 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31207 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31208 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31209 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31210 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31211 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31212
31213 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31214 documentation.
31215
31216 \(fn)" t nil)
31217
31218 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31219 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31220
31221 The problems cleaned up are:
31222
31223 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31224 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31225 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31226 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31227 SPACEs.
31228 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31229 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31230 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31231 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31232
31233 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31234 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31235 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31236 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31237 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31238 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31240 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31241
31242 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31243 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31244 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31245
31246 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31247 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31248 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31249 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31250 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31251 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31252 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31253 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31254
31255 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31256 documentation.
31257
31258 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31259
31260 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31261 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31262
31263 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31264 non-nil.
31265
31266 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31267 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31268 `whitespace-style' to have:
31269
31270 empty
31271 trailing
31272 indentation
31273 space-before-tab
31274 space-after-tab
31275
31276 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31277 whitespace problems in buffer.
31278
31279 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31280
31281 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31282 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31283 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31284 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31285 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31286 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31287 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31288
31289 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31290 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31291 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31292 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31293 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31294 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31295 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31296
31297 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31298 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31299 cleaning up these problems.
31300
31301 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31302
31303 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31304 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31305
31306 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31307 non-nil.
31308
31309 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31310 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31311 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31312
31313 empty
31314 indentation
31315 space-before-tab
31316 trailing
31317 space-after-tab
31318
31319 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31320 whitespace problems in buffer.
31321
31322 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31323
31324 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31325 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31326 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31327 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31328 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31329 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31330 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31331
31332 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31333 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31334 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31335 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31336 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31337 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31338 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31339
31340 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31341 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31342 cleaning up these problems.
31343
31344 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31345
31346 ;;;***
31347 \f
31348 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31349 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19279 5149))
31350 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31351
31352 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31353 Browse the widget under point.
31354
31355 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31356
31357 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31358 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31359
31360 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31361
31362 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31363 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31364
31365 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31366
31367 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31368 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31369 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31370
31371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31372
31373 ;;;***
31374 \f
31375 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31376 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19356
31377 ;;;;;; 10801))
31378 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31379
31380 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31381 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31382
31383 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31384
31385 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31386 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31387 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31388
31389 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31390
31391 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31392 Create widget of TYPE.
31393 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31394
31395 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31396
31397 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31398 Delete WIDGET.
31399
31400 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31401
31402 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31403 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31404
31405 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31406
31407 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31408 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31409 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31410 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31411
31412 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31413 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31414
31415 \(fn)" nil nil)
31416
31417 ;;;***
31418 \f
31419 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31420 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19279
31421 ;;;;;; 5149))
31422 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31423
31424 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31425 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31426 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31427 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31428 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31429 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31430 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31431
31432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31433
31434 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31435 Select the window above the current one.
31436 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31437 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31438 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31439 negative ARG) of the current window.
31440 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31441
31442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31443
31444 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31445 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31446 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31447 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31448 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31449 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31450 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31451
31452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31453
31454 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31455 Select the window below the current one.
31456 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31457 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31458 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31459 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31460 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31461
31462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31463
31464 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31465 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31466 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31467 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31468
31469 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31470
31471 ;;;***
31472 \f
31473 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31474 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
31475 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31476
31477 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31478 Toggle Winner mode.
31479 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31480 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31481
31482 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31483
31484 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31485 Toggle Winner mode.
31486 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31487
31488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31489
31490 ;;;***
31491 \f
31492 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31493 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19370 36540))
31494 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31495
31496 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31497 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31498 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31499 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31500 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31501
31502 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31503
31504 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31505 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31506 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31507 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31508 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31509 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31510 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31511 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31512
31513 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31514 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31515
31516 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31517
31518 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31519 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31520
31521 \(fn)" t nil)
31522
31523 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31524 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31525 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31526 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31527 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31528 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31529 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31530 `woman' command for further details.
31531
31532 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31533
31534 ;;;***
31535 \f
31536 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31537 ;;;;;; (19279 5150))
31538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31539
31540 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31541 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31542
31543 BUGS:
31544 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31545 are not implemented
31546 - Options for search and replace
31547 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31548 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31549
31550 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31551 Emacs-like.
31552
31553 The key bindings are:
31554
31555 C-a backward-word
31556 C-b fill-paragraph
31557 C-c scroll-up-line
31558 C-d forward-char
31559 C-e previous-line
31560 C-f forward-word
31561 C-g delete-char
31562 C-h backward-char
31563 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31564 C-j help-for-help
31565 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31566 C-l ws-repeat-search
31567 C-n open-line
31568 C-p quoted-insert
31569 C-r scroll-down-line
31570 C-s backward-char
31571 C-t kill-word
31572 C-u keyboard-quit
31573 C-v overwrite-mode
31574 C-w scroll-down
31575 C-x next-line
31576 C-y kill-complete-line
31577 C-z scroll-up
31578
31579 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31580 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31581 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31582 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31583 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31584 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31585 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31586 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31587 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31588 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31589 C-k b ws-begin-block
31590 C-k c ws-copy-block
31591 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31592 C-k f find-file
31593 C-k h ws-show-markers
31594 C-k i ws-indent-block
31595 C-k k ws-end-block
31596 C-k p ws-print-block
31597 C-k q kill-emacs
31598 C-k r insert-file
31599 C-k s save-some-buffers
31600 C-k t ws-mark-word
31601 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31602 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31603 C-k v ws-move-block
31604 C-k w ws-write-block
31605 C-k x kill-emacs
31606 C-k y ws-delete-block
31607
31608 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31609 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31610 C-o j justify-current-line
31611 C-o k kill-buffer
31612 C-o l list-buffers
31613 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31614 C-o r set-fill-column
31615 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31616 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31617 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31618 C-o wo other-window
31619 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31620
31621 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31622 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31623 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31624 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31625 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31626 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31627 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31628 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31629 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31630 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31631 C-q a ws-query-replace
31632 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31633 C-q c end-of-buffer
31634 C-q d end-of-line
31635 C-q f ws-search
31636 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31637 C-q l ws-undo
31638 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31639 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31640 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31641 C-q w ws-last-error
31642 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31643 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31644
31645 \(fn)" t nil)
31646
31647 ;;;***
31648 \f
31649 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19356 10801))
31650 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31651
31652 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31653 Perform an interactive search.
31654 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31655 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31656 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31657 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31658
31659 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31660 Example:
31661
31662 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31663
31664 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31665
31666 ;;;***
31667 \f
31668 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31669 ;;;;;; (19279 5149))
31670 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31671
31672 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31673 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31674 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31675 Returns the top node with all its children.
31676 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31677 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31678
31679 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31680
31681 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31682 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31683 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31684 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31685 is not well-formed XML.
31686 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31687 and returned as the first element of the list.
31688 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31689
31690 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31691
31692 ;;;***
31693 \f
31694 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31695 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19279 5151))
31696 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31697
31698 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31699 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31700 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31701 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31702 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31703 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31704 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31705 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31706 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31707 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31708
31709 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31710
31711 ;;;***
31712 \f
31713 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19279
31714 ;;;;;; 5149))
31715 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31716
31717 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31718 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31719 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31721 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31722 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31723
31724 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31725
31726 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31727 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31728 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31729 it off.
31730
31731 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31732 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31733 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31734 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31735 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31736 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31737
31738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31739
31740 ;;;***
31741 \f
31742 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31743 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19279 5150))
31744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31745
31746 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31747 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31748
31749 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31750
31751 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31752 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31753
31754 \(fn)" nil nil)
31755
31756 ;;;***
31757 \f
31758 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31759 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19279 5151))
31760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31761
31762 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31763 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31764
31765 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31766
31767 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31768 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31769
31770 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31771
31772 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31773 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31774 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31775
31776 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31777
31778 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31779 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31780
31781 \(fn)" t nil)
31782
31783 ;;;***
31784 \f
31785 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19279 5151))
31786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31787
31788 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31789 Zone out, completely.
31790
31791 \(fn)" t nil)
31792
31793 ;;;***
31794 \f
31795 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-setting.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/secrets.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19375 51700 955763))
31990
31991 ;;;***
31992 \f
31993 (provide 'loaddefs)
31994 ;; Local Variables:
31995 ;; version-control: never
31996 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31997 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31998 ;; coding: utf-8
31999 ;; End:
32000 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here